<!DOCTYPE ETS PUBLIC "-//UMDLPS//DTD EEBOPROOF 2.0//EN">
<ETS>
<TEMPHEAD>
<REVDESCR>
<CHANGE>
<DATE>2013-04-11</DATE>
<RESPSTMT>
<NAME>Monica Tsuneishi</NAME>
<RESP>MURP</RESP>
</RESPSTMT>
<ITEM>Checklist: x *Add TEMPHEAD, change DATE, validate x *Review overall structure: FRONT,BODY, BACK, DIV or rarely GROUP x *Add DIV TYPEs, make sure that @types makes sense as a navigational aide, and work in the context of the whole text, validate x *Survey book for troublesome formats of all kinds, including lists, illustrations, tables, music, math, end-notes, quasi-tabular arrangments, and marginalia. x *Proof title page(s) x *Examine marginalia. Is it all best tagged as NOTE? x *Observe divtop and divbottom material marking beginnings and ends of divisions, check that they are correctly tagged as HEAD, HEADNOTE, CLOSER, OPENER, ARGUMENT, EPIGRAPH, SIGNED, DATELINE, BYLINE, etc. x *Check for GAPs MISSING, BLANK, FOREIGN, MATH, MUSIC, etc x *Check PB placement and completeness, ensure sequence of N="" x *Check ^, italic I / J, _Initals, space between &amp;c., --
*Check for illustrations and correct usage of FIGURE. Add FIGDESCs if necessary. x *Check q; startq endq Q x *If appropriate, check for yoghs. x *If appropriate, check for Latin problems, e.g. oe and ae digraphs x *If appropriate, check for abbreviation and brevigraph problems. x *If appropriate, check for units of measure, symbols (alchemical, astronomical, etc.) and the like. x *Correct illegibles from proofsheet x *Check illegible page, para, line, span, word, dollar signs
*Final validate Corrected [ ] illegible groups out of [ ]. Converted [ ] illegible groups to GAP DESC="illegible". DONE</ITEM>
</CHANGE>
</REVDESCR>
</TEMPHEAD>
<EEBO>
<IDG S="marc" R="UM" ID="A77788">
<STC T="W">B5443</STC>
<STC T="T">E1618_2</STC>
<STC T="C">R209646</STC>
<BIBNO T="umi">99868511</BIBNO>
<VID>170165</VID>
</IDG>
<GROUP>
<TEXT LANG="eng">
<FRONT>
<DIV1 TYPE="title page">
<PB REF="1" MS="y">
<P>A GOLDEN-CHAIN, OR, A MISCELANY OF DIVINE SENTENCES Of the Sacred SCRIPTVRES, And of other Authors.</P>
<P>Collected, and linked together for the &s;ouls comfort.</P>
<P>By EDWARD BULSTRODE of the <HI>Inner-Temple,</HI> E&s;quire.</P>
<P><HI>Lex Chri&s;ti, e&s;t Lux Chri&s;tiana.</HI></P>
<P><HI>LONDON,</HI> Printed by <HI>F.L.</HI> for <HI>W. Lee, D. Pakeman,</HI> and <HI>G. Bedel,</HI> and are to be &s;old at their &s;hops in <HI>Fleet&s;treet.</HI> 1657</P>
</DIV1>
<DIV1 TYPE="dedication">
<PB REF="2">
<PB REF="2">
<HEAD>To the RIGHT HONOURABLE Sir <HI>Bul&s;trode Whitlock</HI> Knight, One of the Lords Commi&s;sioners of his <HI>Highne&s;&s;e</HI> Trea&s;ury, and Spea|ker <HI>pro Tempore,</HI> of the Parlia|ment of the Commonwealth of <HI>England, Scotland,</HI> and <HI>Ireland.</HI></HEAD>
<OPENER><SALUTE>Right Honourable,</SALUTE></OPENER>
<P>_IT is a generall Scandall, (upon what grounds I know not) thrown upon the Profe&s;&s;ours of the Law, (e&s;pecially in this age, that the practicall knowledge of the Lawes of God, and of
<PB REF="3">our own Nation, do &s;eldome meet together in one per&s;on; whereby they &s;eem to put an incompatibility of devotion and &s;anctity, into the life of Lawyers: whereas Religi|gion is &s;utable with all &s;orts of vocations, and he that is not <HI>Bonus Theologus,</HI> as to him&s;elf, and that does not make Religion his <HI>Primum,</HI> and his <HI>Ultimum,</HI> can never be well fitted for any Profe&s;sion what&s;oever. It is true in the Creation, God commanded the Plants, to bring forth their fruits, every one accor|ding to its kind; and &s;o he commands all Chri&s;tians, who are living Plants of his Church, to bring forth fruits of Devotion, every one in his
<PB REF="3">quality, and vocation. For at ought to be differently ex|erci&s;ed by different men, and the practice of it, mu&s;t be ac|commodated to the capacity, and imployments of each particular per&s;on, and when Religion is not &s;utable with the lawfull vocation of any man, then without doubt, that Religion is fal&s;e: For true Godline&s;&s;e, is &s;o farr from prejudicing any im|ployment, that it adorns, and beautifies it: all per&s;ons be|coming more acceptable in their vocation, joyning it with true devotion. And as knowledge is the glory of a man, &s;o Divine knowledge is the glory of a Chri&s;tian;
<PB REF="4">e&s;pecially that of &s;acred Scri|pture, which is mo&s;t &s;ub|lime, and makes a Chri&s;ti|an happy to &s;alvation. The Brick, and Straw of <HI>Egypt,</HI> is not comparable to the Gold, and Silver Ve&s;&s;els in the Temple; neither are Divine In&s;tructions borrowed from Humane Learning, to be compared with the ine&s;ti|mable value of tho&s;e golden Precepts contained in holy Scriptures. For this cau&s;e, my Lord, have I linckt to|gether this Chain of Golden Sentences, out of the holy Scriptures, and gathered this handfull of Flowers, out of that Garden of Paradi&s;e, to pre&s;ent to your Lord&s;hips
<PB REF="4">hands, which if your Lord|&s;hip plea&s;e &s;ometimes to &s;mell unto, I doubt not but they may yeeld &s;ome fra|grancy and &s;weetne&s;&s;e. For the written Word of God af|fords extraordinary &s;weet|ne&s;&s;e, chearing a brea&s;t full of perplexities, &amp; the power of it reforming the di&s;ordered lives of men, and &s;natching us from the gates of death, to e|ternity. And &s;ince God him|&s;elf in the Old Te&s;tament commands us, and Chri&s;t in the New enjoyns us, to read his holy Word, and to &s;earch the Scripture; I have therefore in the fir&s;t place, made choice of tho&s;e places of Scripture, that concern our hearing,
<PB REF="5">and reading the word of God; the knowledge of which, fully under&s;tood, and con&s;cionably practi&s;ed, is, or &s;hould be the main, and principall end of every true Chri&s;tians endeavour. I have likewi&s;e ob&s;erved the &s;eve|rall texts concerning the &s;e|verall Books, mentioned in Scripture, and the difference betwixt the Old and New Te&s;tament, and of the ne|ce&s;sity of the Virtue, and the Benefits of Prayer. And that we may with more ea&s;e di|ge&s;t tho&s;e inconveniencies and di&s;tre&s;&s;es, which we have been acquainted with, and which do daily threaten wor&s;e unto us. I have there|fore
<PB REF="5">produced &s;everall Scri|ptures concerning afflicti|ons, and the benefit of them, if &s;eriou&s;ly con&s;idered: For how can a man &s;uffer his heart to be dejected at the privation of any temporall ble&s;&s;ings, or at the load of a|ny afflictions which God &s;hall lay upon him, if he con|&s;ider the vanity of the fir&s;t, &amp; Gods Ju&s;tice in impo&s;ing the la&s;t; and that nothing is worth his &s;erious thoughts, but what may accompany him to the Man&s;ions of Eter|nity. Certainly, if we &s;eri|ou&s;ly reflect upon the excel|lency of our own nature, and think upon that happy e&s;tate which we &s;hall arrive unto,
<PB REF="6">if we make the Law of God our meditation, day, and night, we &s;hall then wean, and take off our affections from this world, the cares whereof do very much clog our &s;ouls flight to heaven, and tedder us here below. I mu&s;t confe&s;&s;e, pro&s;perity is a great ble&s;sing of God, and duely u&s;ed, is no mean ad|vantage, both to ones &s;elf, and others; yet if the hand that gave, &s;hall take away, we mu&s;t not repine, at what God formerly lent us, and thinks not fit any longer to permit us the u&s;e of. In the next place, &s;ince our whole life ought to be a continuall preparation for death, I have
<PB REF="6">collected many meditations concerning it. And &s;ince, to perform any action well, a man mu&s;t propo&s;e the end of that action to him&s;elf; and &s;ince, of all mans actions the government of him&s;elf, in relation to his future e|&s;tate, is mo&s;t important, and neerlie&s;t concerning him; a mans being in this life, being but in&s;trumentally good, as being the means for him to be well in the next. I have in the la&s;t place, ob&s;erved &s;ome things concerning the day of Judgement, and the happine&s;&s;e we expect in the life to come. For there re|mains an eternity to us, after the &s;hort revolution of time,
<PB REF="7">we &s;o &s;wiftly run over here on earth, and all that which in this world we call happi|ne&s;&s;e, is not valuable, in re|&s;pect of the future, nor is any thing we do here, con&s;idera|ble, otherwi&s;e then as it con|duceth to our eternall well-being hereafter. And thus having given your Lord&s;hip an account of this &s;mall Tract, I mu&s;t beg your Lord|&s;hips pardon, for putting your name in the Front of it: being I fear an undervalu|ing your Lord&s;hip to prefix your name to &s;o &s;lender a piece: but it being a right hand errour, I hope it will be lookt upon the more fa|vourably by your Lord&s;hip
<PB REF="7">my obligations to your Lord|&s;hip being &s;o many, &amp; great, that I am bereft of all other means of &s;hewing my thank|fulne&s;&s;e, but by laying hold of any opportunity of &s;ub&s;cri|bing my &s;elf</P>
<CLOSER><SALUTE>My Lord,</SALUTE> <SIGNED>Your Lord&s;hips mo&s;t faithfull, and hum|ble Servant, <HI>Edward Bul&s;trode.</HI></SIGNED></CLOSER>
</DIV1>
<DIV1 TYPE="table of contents">
<PB REF="8">
<PB REF="8">
<HEAD>The heads of the following Chapters.</HEAD>
<LIST>
<HEAD>CHAP. I.</HEAD>
<ITEM>TOuching the &s;acred Word of God, with certain dire|ctory rules, and ob&s;ervations, to be made u&s;e of, for the more profitable, and better under|&s;tanding thereof, when we read, or hear the &s;ame: And herein is &s;et forth, and &s;hew|ed;</ITEM>
<ITEM>Fir&s;t, How that the con&s;tant and frequent reading, and hear|ing of the Word of God, is a duty and &s;ervice commanded and enjoyned us by God him|&s;elf. Fol. 1.</ITEM>
<ITEM>Secondly, How we are to fit, and prepare our &s;elves, for the due performance of the&s;e &s;o reli|gious
<PB REF="9">duties, by our prayers unto God for his ble&s;&s;ing thereon. 5.</ITEM>
<ITEM>And herein four ob&s;ervations are &s;et down, for our better direction in the reading of the Scriptures. 6.</ITEM>
<ITEM>Together with ten preparatory directions, for our better hear|ing of the Word of God preached unto us. 7.8, 9.</ITEM>
<ITEM>And four &s;peciall ob&s;ervations, &s;hewing, that all our abilities come from God alone, who enableth us to hear his Word aright, and with profit, being preached unto us. 10.11.</ITEM>
<ITEM>Thirdly, How that we are to take into our &s;erious con&s;ide|ration, the powerfulne&s;&s;e of the Word of God; together with the great benefits we re|ceive thereby. 12.13, 14, 15.</ITEM>
<ITEM>And herein is &s;et forth, and &s;hewed, the various appella|tions of the Word of God in the holy Scriptures. 16.17.</ITEM>
<PB REF="9">
<ITEM>Fourthly, How that the due con|&s;ideration by us had, in our reading, hearing, and medita|tions thereon, ought to &s;tirr up in us a love thereunto, and a rejoycing therein. 18, 19.</ITEM>
<ITEM>Fifthly, How that the&s;e prece|dent ob&s;ervations being thus made u&s;e of by us, will then work this good effect upon us, as to make the VVord of God, (which we have with the precedent cautions, thus read, heard, and meditated on) to be a perpetuall comfort un|unto us, both in life and death. 19.</ITEM>
</LIST>
<LIST>
<HEAD>CHAP. II.</HEAD>
<ITEM>Of the &s;everall Books mentioned in the Scriptures; wherein is &s;et forth the &s;everall names of the &s;aid Books. Together with an ob&s;ervation there, of the difference between the wicked and the righteous, in the day of Judgement. Fol. 20 21, 22, 23.</ITEM>
<PB REF="10">
<ITEM>As al&s;o touching certain Books named in the Scripture, and now not to be found. 24, 25.</ITEM>
<ITEM>As al&s;o touching two other books, the one <HI>Liber Providen|tiae,</HI> the Book of Gods Provi|dence, and the &s;econd, <HI>Liber Iudicii,</HI> the Book of Gods Judgements. 25, 26.</ITEM>
<ITEM>As al&s;o touching another book, being <HI>Codex Con&s;cientiae,</HI> the Book of a mans Con&s;cience. Together with a &s;hort tract concerning Con&s;cience, &amp; the three properties, or qualities of the con&s;cience. 26, 27.</ITEM>
<ITEM>With a de&s;cription al&s;o, what con&s;cience is, and of the te&s;ti|mony of the con&s;cience, accu|&s;ing, or excu&s;ing before God. 27, 28, 29.</ITEM>
<ITEM>And al&s;o of Gods pre&s;ence every where, beholding of all our a|ctions: which &s;hould make us the more carefull, and vigilant of our &s;elves, and of all our a|ctions. 29, 30.</ITEM>
<PB REF="10">
<ITEM>As al&s;o, touching a guilty Con|&s;cience, and a good Con&s;ci|ence, and how the &s;ame are qualified, and of the three &s;pe|ciall qualities of a good Con|&s;cience, together with a more particular de&s;cription of the con&s;cience, and &s;hewing what the &s;ame is. 30, 31.</ITEM>
<ITEM>And how that the con&s;cience of a man is as a bridle, to keep him from offending, but as a whip, or la&s;h afterwards. 31.</ITEM>
<ITEM>And how that a mans very coun|tenance will di&s;cover his of|fence; and &s;o &s;hewing, that though a man may be free from the Judgement of ano|ther, yet he cannot be free from his own Judgement. 31, 32.</ITEM>
</LIST>
<LIST>
<HEAD>CHAP. III.</HEAD>
<ITEM>Of the Old Te&s;tament, and of the New, or of the Law, and of the Go&s;pel, and of the dif|ference
<PB REF="11">between them: where|in are &s;et forth ten differences between the Law and the Go|&s;pel, as appeareth Fol. 33, 34, 36, 37, 39, 52, 53, 54, 58.</ITEM>
<ITEM>And here is &s;et forth likewi&s;e the fruit of a &s;anctified life here. 34.</ITEM>
<ITEM>And al&s;o the threefold being of man. 34, 35.</ITEM>
<ITEM>As al&s;o of the good, and glad ti|dings of &s;alvation, the Go&s;pel bringeth unto us. 37, 38, 39.</ITEM>
<ITEM>And here is &s;hewed, how that the Law tieth us to a due per|formance of all which the Law requireth to be done by us. 39, 40, 41.</ITEM>
<ITEM>How that the Go&s;pel tieth us onely to believe aright in God, and in his &s;on Je&s;us Chri&s;t, and looks onely upon the eye of our faith. 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48.</ITEM>
<ITEM>Together with the two rea&s;ons why Chri&s;t u&s;ed this &s;peech, &s;aying, Who touched me?
<PB REF="11">(after that the woman having an i&s;&s;ue of bloud, came behind him, and touched him) 43, 44, 45, 46.</ITEM>
<ITEM>Herein is likewi&s;e &s;hewed how that the ju&s;t &s;hall live by faith. 47, 48, 49.</ITEM>
<ITEM>Here al&s;o is &s;hewed, that with the heart man believeth unto righteou&s;ne&s;&s;e, and with the mouth confe&s;&s;ion is made un|to &s;alvation. 49.</ITEM>
<ITEM>And how we are the children of God by faith, and the power of faith. Together with the fruits thereof fully de&s;cribed. 49, 50, 51.</ITEM>
<ITEM>Here is al&s;o further &s;hewed, how that Chri&s;t in the Old Te&s;ta|ment was hid, and covered as under a veil: But in the New Te&s;tament, Chri&s;t is there re|vealed unto us, and the veil of the Old Te&s;tament by him ta|ken away. 52.</ITEM>
<ITEM>The my&s;tery of godline&s;&s;e de&s;cri|bed. 52, 53.</ITEM>
<PB REF="12">
<ITEM>Here is likewi&s;e &s;et forth unto us, how that in the Old Te&s;ta|ment we have the Law, given by <HI>Mo&s;es:</HI> but in the New Te|&s;tament we have grace and mercy, brought to us by Chri&s;t Je&s;us. 53, 54.</ITEM>
<ITEM>Here is al&s;o &s;et forth, how that by the law we have the know|ledge of &s;in, and of Gods cur&s;e which followed thereupon. 54, 55.</ITEM>
<ITEM>But by the Go&s;pel we have the knowledge of the free pardon of our &s;ins, by the death of Chri&s;t, and conferred unto us by his grace. 55, 56, 57.</ITEM>
<ITEM>Here is al&s;o &s;hewed, that God who &s;pared not his own Son, but delivered him up for us all, how &s;hall he not with him al&s;o, freely give us all things. 57.</ITEM>
<ITEM>Together al&s;o with the great be|nefits that redoundeth to the elect children of God. 57, 58.</ITEM>
<ITEM>And how that Chri&s;t hath deli|vered
<PB REF="12">us from the cur&s;e of the Law, being made a cur&s;e for us. 58.</ITEM>
<ITEM>Again, here is &s;hewed, how that the Law is as our &s;chool-ma|&s;ter, to bring us unto Chri&s;t, and to &s;hew us the way to him: but the Go&s;pel bringeth Chri&s;t him&s;elf unto us, being the way, the truth, and the life. 58, 59.</ITEM>
<ITEM>Here are al&s;o &s;et forth &s;everall variations of the Fathers upon the&s;e words of our Saviour Je|&s;us Chri&s;t, <HI>(&s;c.)</HI> I am the way, the truth, and the life. 59, 60, 61.</ITEM>
<ITEM>Together al&s;o with St. <HI>Bernards</HI> four-fold <HI>venite;</HI> of the world, the fle&s;h, of the Devil, and of Chri&s;t, with their &s;everall re|wards to their followers. 61, 62.</ITEM>
<ITEM>With an invitation of all to come unto Chri&s;t, and to take his yoke, being ea&s;ie, upon us. 62.</ITEM>
<PB REF="13">
<ITEM>Here al&s;o is &s;et forth, the fruits, and effects of Gods fore|knowledge, in the way of prede&s;tination, election, ju&s;ti|fication, and glorification. 62, 63, 64.</ITEM>
<ITEM>And how that our &s;alvation de|pendeth on the mercy of God, in, and through Je&s;us Chri&s;t our Saviour, being ju&s;tified by his grace. 64.</ITEM>
<ITEM>Together with a full manife&s;ta|tion unto us, of the free grace, and bounty of God unto us, in the means of our &s;alvation, and for the better grounding of our faith, a three-fold cour&s;e is ob&s;erved, thereby to tye us the fa&s;ter unto him. 64, 65.</ITEM>
<ITEM>Here is al&s;o &s;hewed, that God doth in&s;pire us by his Word, and that this ought to rai&s;e up in us a more certain know|ledge of our election, and &s;o to &s;tirr up in us a Chri&s;tian, and godly &s;trife, to make our
<PB REF="13">calling and election &s;ure. 65, 66.</ITEM>
<ITEM>Here is al&s;o &s;hewed, that we mu&s;t not be carele&s;&s;e in the great matter of our election to &s;alvation, but to be active herein, and u&s;e the meanes which God hath appointed for us to u&s;e, and worketh in us ability to do, and perform the &s;ame. 66, 67, 68, 69.</ITEM>
<ITEM>Here is al&s;o &s;et forth unto us three effectuall notes, and &s;igns of our election unto &s;alvation, working in us for our greater comfort. 70, 71, 72, 73.</ITEM>
<ITEM>As al&s;o, wherein our chiefe&s;t cau&s;e of rejoycing &s;hould con|&s;i&s;t, being in this, becau&s;e our names are written in heaven. 72, 73.</ITEM>
</LIST>
<LIST>
<HEAD>CHAP. IIII.</HEAD>
<ITEM>Of prayer, and the force there|of, and how nece&s;&s;ary, and needfull a duty the &s;ame is. Fol. 64.</ITEM>
<PB REF="14">
<ITEM>Herein is &s;et forth, and &s;hewed, the ten properties of Prayer. 74, 75, 76, 77, 78.</ITEM>
<ITEM>How that Prayer is the key that opens the Scripture unto us, and enlightens our under&s;tan|dings therein: with &s;ome di|rections to be ob&s;erved in reading of the Scriptures. 75, 76.</ITEM>
<ITEM>Here is al&s;o &s;et forth &s;ix nece&s;&s;ary ob&s;ervations touching prayer, and the u&s;e thereof. 78, 79, 80, 81, 82.</ITEM>
<ITEM>As al&s;o the nece&s;&s;ity of prayer, and that in four regards, occa|&s;ioned by our enemies, the Devil, the world, the fle&s;h, and the wicked. 78, 79.</ITEM>
<ITEM>Here is al&s;o &s;hewed, that we mu&s;t pray in all places, at all times, and that without cea|&s;ing, for all per&s;ons, even for our enemies. 79, 80.</ITEM>
<ITEM>Al&s;o we mu&s;t pray to God a|lone, with examples of this &s;o doing. 81, 82.</ITEM>
<PB REF="14">
<ITEM>Al&s;o that we mu&s;t pray with knowledge, and with under|&s;tanding. 82, 83.</ITEM>
<ITEM>As al&s;o, touching publick, or Church-prayers, &s;hewing how needfull they are, and in what re&s;pects, and for whom we are there to pray, even for all per&s;ons, of what e&s;tate and condition &s;oever they be of. 83.</ITEM>
<ITEM>Here al&s;o is the prayer &s;et down which the ancient Chri&s;tians u&s;ed to make for their Empe|rours. 83, 84.</ITEM>
<ITEM>That prayer is like unto <HI>Jacobs</HI> Ladder, reaching up to hea|ven, whereby we fly a high pitch, and do thereby, as it were, mount up to heaven, as it were with the wings of the dove. 84, 85.</ITEM>
<ITEM>That by the wings of the dove is meant Meditation and Pray|er. 85.</ITEM>
<ITEM>Here al&s;o is &s;et down for our imi|tation, the Prayer of St. <HI>Au|gu&s;tin,</HI>
<PB REF="15">and of St. <HI>Bernard.</HI> 85.</ITEM>
<ITEM>That our prayers a&s;cend up to heaven, and grace and mercy de&s;cend down upon us. 85.</ITEM>
<ITEM>Three &s;orts of Prayers ob&s;erved by S. <HI>Bernard,</HI> that do never a&s;cend up unto heaven. 85, 86.</ITEM>
<ITEM>That he which prayes to God, and pre&s;ently offends again, doth not pray as he ought to do unto God, but doth, as it were, mock and delude him. 86.</ITEM>
<ITEM>That watching and prayer ought to go hand in hand together; with the Emperour, his Pages <HI>memento</HI> unto him every mor|ning, putting him in mind to be watchfull. 86, 87.</ITEM>
<ITEM>That all our worth, and worthi|ne&s;&s;e, is onely from God, and grace to us, nothing of, or from our &s;elves. 87.</ITEM>
<ITEM>The great benefit of con&s;tant, and frequent prayer, and that in three regards. 87, 88.</ITEM>
<ITEM>Of the powerfulne&s;&s;e of prayer,
<PB REF="15">prevailing with God him&s;elf, and that in three regards. 88, 89, 90.</ITEM>
<ITEM>No better deliverance in time of di&s;tre&s;&s;e, than by prayer unto God. 88, 89.</ITEM>
<ITEM>That God cau&s;ed a hou&s;e to be made, for the performance of the duty, and &s;ervice of prayer unto him&s;elf, &s;tyling the &s;ame by the name of the hou&s;e of prayer. 89, 90.</ITEM>
<ITEM>That the hou&s;e of prayer, and prayers therein u&s;ed, with private prayer al&s;o, the be&s;t means to remove Gods Judg|ments from us. 90.</ITEM>
<ITEM>Of the great and powerfull effect of prayer, prevailing with God him&s;elf: with divers ex|amples thereof, by way of in&s;tance what hath been wrought, and effected by di|vers of the true, and faithfull &s;ervants of God, and all by prayer. 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99, 100, 101, 102.</ITEM>
<PB REF="16">
<ITEM>That prayer is as a &s;trong City of refuge, for us thereby to fly unto God in our greate&s;t need. 103.</ITEM>
<ITEM>In prayer we ought to be care|full, what we ask, and how, le&s;t we fail in obtaining of our de&s;ires, as the mother of <HI>Zebedeus</HI> children did. 103.</ITEM>
<ITEM>That in regard we are continu|ally in danger, we are there|fore continually to pray unto God for deliverance from all dangers: and herein we are to ob&s;erve <HI>S. Bernards</HI> rules, as touching the u&s;e of prayer: the &s;ame being ever to accom|pany us, going forth, and re|turning, lying down, and ri|&s;ing again, and for all Gods ble&s;&s;ings on us, to &s;hew our thankfulne&s;&s;e to him in pray|er. 103, 104.</ITEM>
<ITEM>Together with a threefold rule to be ob&s;erved by us in our prayers to God. 104, 105.</ITEM>
<ITEM>That we are to pray with hum|blene&s;&s;e
<PB REF="16">of mind, for that God re&s;i&s;teth the proud, but gives grace to the humble. 104, 105.</ITEM>
<ITEM>That we mu&s;t pray with zeal and fervency, for that the prayer of the &s;pirit, and &s;oul, is the &s;pirit, &s;oul, and life of prayer. 105.</ITEM>
<ITEM>That we are to pray to God, to teach us to pray. 105, 106.</ITEM>
</LIST>
<LIST>
<HEAD>CHAP. V.</HEAD>
<ITEM>As touching afflictions, how ne|ce&s;&s;ary they are for us here in this life, and what good u&s;e we are to make of them to our &s;elves. 107, 108.</ITEM>
<ITEM>Of the true u&s;e of afflictions, and wherefore God layeth afflicti|ons on us in this world, toge|ther with four &s;peciall cau&s;es wherefore God layeth afflicti|ons here upon us; all of them tending to our good. 108, 109.</ITEM>
<ITEM>That through tribulation we are
<PB REF="17">to enter into the kingdome of God; and that afflictions are in&s;eparable, but not infallible notes of &s;alvation. 110.</ITEM>
<ITEM>That it is the cau&s;e, not martyr|dome, which maketh men happy. 110.</ITEM>
<ITEM>That the depth of Affliction is the chiefe&s;t &s;tirrer up of de|votion, witne&s;&s;ed by &s;ome ex|amples, by way of in&s;tance, as of the children of <HI>I&s;rael, Da|vid, Daniel, Jonah, Mana&s;&s;eh,</HI> the three children. 110.</ITEM>
<ITEM>That a temporall affliction is a &s;pirituall medicine. 111.</ITEM>
<ITEM>That none can pa&s;&s;e from plea|&s;ures here, to everla&s;ting de|lights in heaven. 111.</ITEM>
<ITEM>That good things are for good men, and ill things for ill men, though the things not good, yet turn to the good of the godly. 111.</ITEM>
<ITEM>That afflictions make a man more humble, wary, and cau|tious in his wayes, and they
<PB REF="17">prove helpfull to the godly, yea, all things turn to their good. 111. 112.</ITEM>
<ITEM>That afflictions do make us fit ve&s;&s;els for Gods choice. 112, 113</ITEM>
<ITEM>How that by afflictions men will learn to fear God. 114.</ITEM>
<ITEM>That afflictions are cha&s;ti&s;e|ments for our &s;ins. 114.</ITEM>
<ITEM>That by afflictions men are brought to keep Gods com|mandements, which they would not be brought unto by Gods benefits. 114.</ITEM>
<ITEM>Not to &s;trive with our maker, the pot&s;herd with the pot|&s;herds of the earth, nor the clay with him that fa&s;hioneth it. 114.</ITEM>
<ITEM>Not to be impatient, and mur|mure again&s;t God in time of adver&s;ity. 114, 115.</ITEM>
<ITEM>That in time of troubles and dangers, prayer is the be&s;t re|fuge. 115.</ITEM>
<ITEM>How that God comforteth his afflicted children with his
<PB REF="18">ble&s;&s;ings. 115.</ITEM>
<ITEM>How that after trouble, God &s;endeth comfort to them that wait patiently on him, and tru&s;t in his mercies. 115.</ITEM>
<ITEM>That afflictions work in a man repentance and humiliation. 115.</ITEM>
<ITEM>That afflictions &s;tirr up a man to repentance, and will open the eyes of a mans under&s;tanding, and will draw him to repen|tance when nothing el&s;e will. 115, 116.</ITEM>
</LIST>
<LIST>
<HEAD>CHAP. VI.</HEAD>
<ITEM>A Meditation upon life and death, and how we are at all times, and upon all occa&s;ions, to fit and prepare our &s;elves for death, that &s;o it &s;eize not upon us at unawares. 117.</ITEM>
<ITEM>Herein is &s;et forth,</ITEM>
<ITEM>Fir&s;t, the condition of our life here, what the &s;ame is. 117.</ITEM>
<PB REF="18">
<ITEM>That our life here is a &s;ea-fare. 117, 118.</ITEM>
<ITEM>Secondly, that our life here is a way-fare. 118, 119.</ITEM>
<ITEM>That our life here is full of trou|bles, calamities, and dangers, from the highe&s;t, even unto the lowe&s;t. 118, 119.</ITEM>
<ITEM>That our life here is al&s;o as a race, wherein we mu&s;t be run|ning, and not &s;tand at a &s;tay. 119, 120.</ITEM>
<ITEM>Thirdly, that our life here is a warr-fare, and our weapons &s;pirituall. 120, 121.</ITEM>
<ITEM>What this our &s;pirituall armour is. 120, 121, 122.</ITEM>
<ITEM>Here is al&s;o &s;et down the four|fold condition of man. 122, 123.</ITEM>
<ITEM>Of the vanity, and infelicity of man, in his fir&s;t entrance into this world, and during the whole time of his continuance here, nothing but full of mi|&s;ery. 122, 123, 124.</ITEM>
<ITEM>That man &s;ucks mi&s;ery even
<PB REF="19">from his nur&s;es teat, with ex|amples of this. 123.</ITEM>
<ITEM>That mans life is nothing but mi&s;ery, a pattern of infelici|ty, mi&s;erable in his concepti|on, nothing but mi&s;ery in his whole life. 124.</ITEM>
<ITEM>That afflictions come not forth of the du&s;t. 124.</ITEM>
<ITEM>That man is born unto trouble. 125.</ITEM>
<ITEM>That no man can a&s;&s;ure him&s;elf of living till the morrow. 125.</ITEM>
<ITEM>That man is to account of every day, as his la&s;t day. 125.</ITEM>
<ITEM>That not to be born, by &s;ome held to be be&s;t, or being born, &s;oon to dye. 126.</ITEM>
<ITEM>Directory rules how to live. 126, 127.</ITEM>
<ITEM>That man is to erect his thoughts to a higher pitch than that which is humane. 127.</ITEM>
<ITEM>Better for a man not to be born, than not to be regenerated. 127.</ITEM>
<PB REF="19">
<ITEM>That our life here is nothing without the happine&s;&s;e of life eternall hereafter. 128.</ITEM>
<ITEM><HI>S. Bernards</HI> prayer. 128.</ITEM>
<ITEM>That no Ju&s;tification is by the works of the Law, but by faith in Chri&s;t. 129.</ITEM>
<ITEM>That our life here is the way by which we do ha&s;ten to our end. 130.</ITEM>
<ITEM>That as the hour, &s;o our life pa&s;|&s;eth away. 130.</ITEM>
<ITEM>That we mu&s;t be carefull how we live, nece&s;&s;ity enforceth us &s;o to do, with the rea&s;on there|of. 130.</ITEM>
<ITEM>We came into the world, that we may go out of the world. 130, 131.</ITEM>
<ITEM>That our life here ought to be a preparation for death. 131.</ITEM>
<ITEM>That every moment in our life is a motion towards death. 131.</ITEM>
<ITEM>Here is &s;et down a Rule to be ob&s;erved in the whole cour&s;e of our life. 131.</ITEM>
<PB REF="20">
<ITEM>That we are to come as near good men as we can. 131.</ITEM>
<ITEM>That we are to live in that con|dition, in which we would not be afraid to die. 131.</ITEM>
<ITEM>A good life, the cau&s;e of a happy death. 132.</ITEM>
<ITEM>Our life here ought to be a pre|paration for death; in our life we are to fore&s;ee death. 132.</ITEM>
<ITEM>Here is al&s;o &s;et forth the com|pari&s;on of Death, unto the <HI>Ba&s;ilisk,</HI> and the rea&s;on there|of. 132.</ITEM>
<ITEM>That in life we ought to fore&s;ee death, if in death we de&s;ire to enjoy life everla&s;ting. 132.</ITEM>
<ITEM>That the whole life of the wick|ed is &s;in. 132, 133.</ITEM>
<ITEM><HI>S. Augu&s;tins</HI> prayer to God, to lay on him here in this life what torments he would, &s;o as he re&s;erved for him life e|ternall after this life ended. 133.</ITEM>
<ITEM>Here is al&s;o &s;et forth the life of
<PB REF="20">man, and whereunto the &s;ame is compared, by rea&s;on of the frailty thereof. 133, 134, 135, 136, 137.</ITEM>
<ITEM>That we are to number our dayes, that &s;o we may learn to apply our hearts to wi&s;|dome. 135.</ITEM>
<ITEM>We ought not to conclude of any thing for the time to come, without this &s;aying, if the Lord will, and we live, we will do this or that. 136.</ITEM>
<ITEM>That no man is &s;ure of his life. 137.</ITEM>
<ITEM>Here is al&s;o &s;et forth the frailty, mutability, and incertainty of the life of man here in this world, being attended with &s;o many mi&s;eries and calamities. 137, 138.</ITEM>
<ITEM>That the con&s;ideration of this, &s;hould make us not to de&s;ire any long continuance here, but the contrary, with the hope of the fruition of a better life hereafter. 138.</ITEM>
<PB REF="21">
<ITEM>That all the enjoyments here in this life, are nothing but va|nity. 138.</ITEM>
<ITEM>That the whole duty of man is to fear God, and keep his com|mandements. 138.</ITEM>
<ITEM>Here is al&s;o &s;et forth life eter|nall, and the giver thereof. 138, 139, 140, 141, 142, 143, 144, 145.</ITEM>
<ITEM>Touching the two Dome&s;tick keepers of our &s;ouls, <HI>(&s;c.)</HI> &s;hamefa&s;tne&s;&s;e and fear. 141.</ITEM>
<ITEM>Touching the two props, or pil|lars of our lives here, <HI>(&s;c.)</HI> care and fear. 141, 142, 143.</ITEM>
<ITEM>Secondly, concerning death, and how we are to fit and prepare our &s;elves for the &s;ame, with the rea&s;ons thereof. 143.</ITEM>
<ITEM>To whom the remembrance of death is bitter, and to whom not. 143, 144.</ITEM>
<ITEM>Not to fear the &s;entence of death, with the rea&s;on thereof. 143, 144.</ITEM>
<PB REF="21">
<ITEM>That the wages of &s;in is death. 145.</ITEM>
<ITEM>That every day a part of our life is cut off. 145.</ITEM>
<ITEM>The &s;ix things to be &s;pecially re|membred by us. 145, 146.</ITEM>
<ITEM>That in <HI>Adam</HI> all die, but in <HI>Chri&s;t</HI> all are made alive. 146.</ITEM>
<ITEM>That the &s;ting of death is &s;in. 146.</ITEM>
<ITEM>That death is compared to a qui|et &s;leep, and wherefore. 146, 147.</ITEM>
<ITEM>Not to be troubled at the thought of death, the rea&s;on thereo&s;. 147.</ITEM>
<ITEM>Than death, nothing more cer|tain, than the time when no|thing more uncertain. 147, 148, 149.</ITEM>
<ITEM>The meditation of <HI>Seneca</HI> upon the certainty of death, very ob&s;ervable, with the fruits of the &s;ame. 148, 149.</ITEM>
<ITEM>To whom death is as a refre&s;h|ing, and again, to whom it is as a pun&s;hment and dam|mage.
<PB REF="22">149, 150.</ITEM>
<ITEM>That to die the death of the righ|teous, he who de&s;ires this, ought to live the life of the righteous. 150.</ITEM>
<ITEM>The difference between the life of a godly man, and the life of a worldling. 150, 151.</ITEM>
<ITEM>That we ought at all times, and in all places, (both young and old) to fit and prepare our &s;elves for death, with the rea|&s;on wherefore. 152, 153.</ITEM>
<ITEM>That nothing is more available than the meditation of our mortality. 153, 154.</ITEM>
<ITEM>That we ought &s;o to live every day, as if we were even then to come to Judgement, and to account of every day as our la&s;t day. 154, 155.</ITEM>
<ITEM>What it is to die well, even to die willingly, and not to fear death, with the rea&s;on why. 155, 156, 157.</ITEM>
<ITEM>The &s;aying of holy <HI>Hillarion,</HI> on his death bed, being fearfull to die. 156.</ITEM>
<PB REF="22">
<ITEM>That death is a port, or haven, by which we pa&s;&s;e to joy; it is the way of all fle&s;h, hereupon the &s;aying of <HI>Xerxes</HI> is ob&s;er|vable. 157.</ITEM>
<ITEM>That we ought &s;o to live here, as that we may enjoy life eter|nall hereafter. 157, 158.</ITEM>
<ITEM>That death is but as a pa&s;&s;age to life, and as a &s;leep, not death. 158.</ITEM>
<ITEM>That all things by peri&s;hing, are kept alive, as the corn, it dies, and &s;prings again, with a compari&s;on of this unto our death, and re&s;urrection: death being as a pa&s;&s;age unto our re&s;urrection. 158, 159.</ITEM>
<ITEM>S. <HI>Augu&s;tins</HI> ob&s;ervation touching the Re&s;urrection of Chri&s;t. 159.</ITEM>
<ITEM>That death is the gate unto life, a &s;peedy cour&s;e, and pa&s;&s;age to heaven, and a happy &s;leep. 160, 161.</ITEM>
<ITEM>That death to the godly is the port, and haven of health
<PB REF="23">and happine&s;&s;e. 161, 162.</ITEM>
<ITEM>That death conjoyns, but life doth &s;eparate us from Chri&s;t. 161, 162.</ITEM>
<ITEM>That the highe&s;t did a&s;cend, and de&s;cend, the rea&s;on thereof, and the fruits we have there|by. 162, 163.</ITEM>
<ITEM>That it is the part of a wi&s;e man to prepare for death, by con|tinuall meditation thereon. 163, 164.</ITEM>
<ITEM>To be willing to die, con&s;idering that the godly by death, are called to re&s;t, but the wicked to puni&s;hment. 164.</ITEM>
<ITEM>The difference between the hope of the wicked, and of the god|ly. 164, 165.</ITEM>
<ITEM>Nothing more profitable than the thought of mortality. 165, 166.</ITEM>
<ITEM>Why the day of our death is kept from us. 166.</ITEM>
<ITEM>That a mans death &s;hall be as his life is. 166, 167.</ITEM>
<ITEM>That the day of Judgement may
<PB REF="23">be long before it come, but the day of death not &s;o, and the rea&s;on. 167.</ITEM>
<ITEM>By meditation on death, to make the &s;ame familiar to us. 167.</ITEM>
<ITEM>That our whole life ought to be a learning to die. 167.</ITEM>
<ITEM>That death puts an end to all &s;orrows. 168, 169, 170.</ITEM>
<ITEM>That life is a pa&s;&s;age to death, and death a return to life. 168, 169.</ITEM>
<ITEM>Touching our comfort in death, by Chri&s;t his overcoming of death. 169.</ITEM>
<ITEM>That &s;leep is a re&s;emblance of death, the bed of the grave, our ri&s;ing again, of our re&s;ur|rection. 169, 170.</ITEM>
<ITEM>That the day of our death is as our everla&s;ting birth day. 170.</ITEM>
<ITEM>We are not to grieve at the thought of death, but rather to rejoyce. 170, 171.</ITEM>
<ITEM>The Sacrament called <HI>viaticum Aeternitatis,</HI> or <HI>morientis.</HI> 171.</ITEM>
<ITEM>The de&s;ire of <HI>Nazianzen</HI> to die
<PB REF="24">with &s;ome &s;entence of piety by him uttered at that time. 171.</ITEM>
<ITEM>That death is a pa&s;&s;age from earth to heaven. 171, 172.</ITEM>
<ITEM>That death is a &s;eparation of the &s;oul from the body, a location of the body in the earth, and a tran&s;lation of the &s;oul to God. 172, 173.</ITEM>
<ITEM>That man is of the du&s;t, and to du&s;t to return. 172, 173.</ITEM>
<ITEM>That the thought of death ought to be comfortable, in regard of Gods mercy promi&s;ed. 173, 174, 175, 176.</ITEM>
</LIST>
<LIST>
<HEAD>CHAP. VII.</HEAD>
<ITEM>Of the day of Judgement, the &s;ame de&s;cribed, with the fruits and effects thereof. 177.</ITEM>
<ITEM>The &s;everall appellations of the day of Judgement. 177, 178, 179.</ITEM>
<ITEM>The terriblene&s;&s;e of the day of Judgement, with the manner
<PB REF="24">thereof. 178, 179, 180, 181, 182, 183, 184, 185, 186, 187, 188, 189.</ITEM>
<ITEM>Touching the manner of our change at the day of Judge|ment. 187, 188.</ITEM>
<ITEM>That God will deliver his in the day of Judgement. 188.</ITEM>
<ITEM>That becau&s;e man was &s;o wic|ked, God made the dumb creatures to take part of the puni&s;hment with him. 189, 190.</ITEM>
<ITEM>A Sermon preached upon this text, 2 <HI>Cor.</HI> 5.10. <HI>For we mu&s;t all appear before the Judgement-&s;eat of Chri&s;t.</HI> 195.</ITEM>
</LIST>
</DIV1>
<DIV1 TYPE="errata">
<PB REF="25">
<HEAD>ERRATA.</HEAD>
<P><HI>Fol.</HI> 31. <HI>line</HI> 1. <HI>the&s;e words omitted, (ni&s;i intro&s;pieere, in men|tem &s;uam.)</HI> 51. <HI>l.</HI> 29. <HI>(that) for (the)</HI> 54. <HI>l.</HI> 1. <HI>the fir&s;t (all) too much.</HI> 83. <HI>l.</HI> 6. <HI>(that) too much.</HI> 87. <HI>l.</HI> 16. <HI>(&amp; dignitio tua) for (e&s;t dignatio tua.)</HI> 88. <HI>l.</HI> 1. <HI>(&s;erio) for (&s;erious.)</HI> 112. <HI>l.</HI> 1. <HI>(not) too much.</HI> 121. <HI>l. la&s;t (word) for (&s;word)</HI> 124. <HI>l.</HI> 7.8.9. <HI>read (morbidus, putridus, ca&s;&s;us, au&s;picatus).</HI> 125. <HI>l.</HI> 3. <HI>(dives) for (dies.) and l.</HI> 13. <HI>(is) to be left out.</HI> 128. <HI>l.</HI> 3, 4. <HI>(melior) for (melius)</HI> 136. <HI>l.</HI> 7. <HI>(&s;hall) too much.</HI> 141. <HI>l.</HI> 28. <HI>(di&s;tinction) for (direction.)</HI> 144. <HI>l.</HI> 22, <HI>(moriamini) for (mo|ri<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="MURP" EXTENT="1 letter">mini.) &amp; l.</HI> 27. <HI>(O nqnom) for (O nequam.)</HI> 148. <HI>l.</HI> 21. <HI>(ereunti) for (exennti.)</HI> 156. <HI>l.</HI> 24. <HI>(quod) for (quid.)</HI> 159. <HI>l.</HI> 14. <HI>(provectio) for (profectio.)</HI> 161. <HI>l.</HI> 17. <HI>(bono) for (bona.) &amp; l.</HI> 26. <HI>(&s;ciet) for (&s;o|ciat.)</HI> 162. <HI>l.</HI> 7. <HI>(tran&s;gradimur) for (trun&s;gredimur.) and l.</HI> 10. <HI>(temporali itinere de cur&s;a) for (temporalis itineris decur&s;u)</HI> 165. <HI>l.</HI> 20. <HI>(jubat) for (jubet.)</HI> 170. <HI>l.</HI> 5. <HI>(&s;omnum) for (&s;omnus) or &s;om|nium.) In the Sermon,</HI> 2. <HI>divi&s;ion, the generality of the Judge|ment, we mu&s;t all, (appear) here to be left ont: the</HI> 3. <HI>divi&s;ion, the &s;everity of the Judgement in this word, (appear) here to be added.</HI></P>
</DIV1>
</FRONT>
<BODY>
<DIV1 N="1" TYPE="chapter">
<PB N="1" REF="25">
<HEAD>CHAP. I. <HI>Touching the &s;acred word of God, with certain directory Rules and ob&s;erva|tions, by way of Caveats, to be made u&s;e of, for the more profitable, and better under&s;tanding of the holy Scri|ptures, and &s;acred word of God, when|&s;oever we do either read, or hear the &s;ame preached unto us.</HI></HEAD>
<P><MILESTONE N="1"> _FIr&s;t, the con&s;tant, and frequent reading, and hearing of the Word of God, and the due meditation thereon, is a duty, and &s;ervice commanded us by God him&s;elf, and by him enjoyned, to be duely and care|fully performed by us; with his good ble&s;&s;ings promi&s;ed if we &s;o do, and his en&s;uing judgements threatned, if we neglect the &s;ame: all which appeareth by many places of Scripture.
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Deut. chap.</HI> 11. <HI>ver&s;.</HI> 18.19.20.21.</NOTE> Ye &s;hall lay up the&s;e my words, in your heart, and in your &s;oul, and bind them for a &s;igne upon your hand, that they may be as frontlets between your eyes.</P>
<P>And ye &s;hall teach them your chil|dren,
<PB N="2" REF="26">&s;peaking of them when thou &s;it|te&s;t in thine hou&s;e, and when thou walke&s;t by the way, when thou lie&s;t down, and when thou ri&s;e&s;t up.</P>
<P>And thou &s;halt write them upon the doore po&s;ts of thine hou&s;e, and up|on thy gates.</P>
<P>That your dayes may be multiplied, and the dayes of your children, in the land which the Lord &s;ware unto your fathers, to give them, as the dayes of heaven upon the earth.</P>
<P>Ob&s;erve,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Deuteronomie chap.</HI> 12. <HI>ver&s;.</HI> 28.</NOTE> and hear all the&s;e words which I command thee, that it may go well with thee, and with thy children after thee, for ever, when thou doe&s;t that which is good, and right in the &s;ight of the Lord thy God.</P>
<P>And it &s;hall be,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Deuteronomie chap,</HI> 17. <HI>ver&s;.</HI> 18.19.</NOTE> when he &s;itteth up|on the throne of his kingdome, that he &s;hall write him a copy of this Law in a book.</P>
<P>And it &s;hall be with him, and he &s;hall read therein all the dayes of his life, that he may learn to fear the Lord his God, to keep all the words of this law, and the&s;e &s;tatutes to do them.</P>
<P>And <HI>Mo&s;es</HI> wrote this law,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Deuteronomie chap.</HI> 31. <HI>ver&s;.</HI> 9, 10, 11, 12.</NOTE> and de|livered it unto the prie&s;ts, the &s;ons of <HI>Levi.</HI></P>
<P>And <HI>Mo&s;es</HI> commanded them &s;ay|ing.</P>
<PB N="3" REF="26">
<P>Gather the people together, men, and women, and children, and the &s;tranger that is within thy gates, that they may hear, and that they may learn, and fear the Lord your God, and ob&s;erve to do all the words of this law.</P>
<P>But the word is very nigh unto thee,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Deuteronomie ch.</HI> 30. <HI>ver&s;.</HI> 14.</NOTE> in thy mouth, and in thy heart, that thou maye&s;t do it.</P>
<P>The word is nigh thee,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Romans ch.</HI> 10. <HI>ver.</HI> 8.</NOTE> even in thy mouth, and in thy heart, that is the word of faith which we preach.</P>
<P>This book of the law &s;hall not de|part out of thy mouth,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Jo&s;hua chap.</HI> 8. <HI>ver&s;.</HI> 8.</NOTE> but thou &s;halt meditate therein, night and day, that thou maye&s;t ob&s;erve to do according to all that is written therein: for then thou &s;halt make thy way pro&s;perous, and then thou &s;halt have good &s;uc|ce&s;&s;e.</P>
<P>Who&s;o de&s;pi&s;eth the word,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Prov.</HI> 13.13.</NOTE> &s;hall be de&s;troyed, but he that feareth the commandement &s;hall be rewarded.</P>
<P>I have &s;ent unto you all my &s;ervants the prophets,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Jeremiah cha.</HI> 7. <HI>ver.</HI> 25, 26.</NOTE> daily ri&s;ing up early, and &s;ending them.</P>
<P>Yet they hearkened not, nor encli|ned their eare, but hardened their neck, they did wor&s;e than their fa|thers.</P>
<PB N="4" REF="27">
<P>How do ye &s;ay,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Jeremiah cha.</HI> 8. <HI>ver.</HI> 8.9.</NOTE> we are wi&s;e, and the law of the Lord is with us? Lo, cer|tainly, in vain made he it, the pen of the Scribes is in vain.</P>
<P>The wi&s;e men are a&s;hamed, they are di&s;mayed, and taken; &s;o, they have rejected the word of the Lord, and what wi&s;dome is in them?</P>
<P>But unto the wicked God &s;aith,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>P&s;alm</HI> 50. <HI>ver.</HI> 16.17.</NOTE> what ha&s;t thou to do to declare my &s;tatutes, or that thou &s;houlde&s;t take my covenant in thy mouth, &s;eeing thou hate&s;t in&s;truction, and ca&s;te&s;t my words behind thee.</P>
<P>Je&s;us an&s;wered and &s;aid unto them,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Matthew cha.</HI> 22. <HI>ver&s;.</HI> 29.</NOTE> Ye do erre, not knowing the Scrip|tures, nor the power of God?</P>
<P>And Je&s;us an&s;wering,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Mark chap.</HI> 12. <HI>ver.</HI> 24.</NOTE> &s;aid unto them, Do ye not therefore erre, be|cau&s;e ye know not the &s;criptures, nei|ther the power of God.</P>
<P>Search the &s;criptures,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>John chap.</HI> 5. <HI>ver.</HI> 39.</NOTE> for in them ye think ye have eternall life, and they are they which te&s;tifie of me.</P>
<P>And the brethren immediately &s;ent away <HI>Paul</HI> and <HI>Silas</HI> by night unto <HI>Berea:</HI>
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Acts chap.</HI> 17. <HI>ver.</HI> 10.11.</NOTE> who coming thither, went in|to the Synagogue of the Jews.</P>
<P>The&s;e were more noble than tho&s;e of <HI>The&s;&s;alonica,</HI> in that they received the word with all readine&s;&s;e of mind,
<PB N="5" REF="27">and &s;earched the Scriptures daily, whether tho&s;e things were &s;o.</P>
<P>Till I come,
<NOTE PLACE="marg">1 <HI>Timothy ch.</HI> 4. <HI>ver.</HI> 13. <HI>Revel<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="MURP" EXTENT="1 letter">tion ch.</HI> 3. <HI>ver.</HI> 3.</NOTE> give attendance to reading, to exhortation, to doctrine.</P>
<P>Ble&s;&s;ed is he that readeth, and they that hear the words of this Prophe&s;ie, and keep tho&s;e things which are writ|ten therein.</P>
<P>The &s;ecret things belong unto the Lord our God:
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Deuteronrmy ch.</HI> 29. <HI>ver.</HI> 29.</NOTE> but tho&s;e things which are revealed, belong unto us, and to our children for ever, that we may do all the words of this law.</P>
<P><MILESTONE N="2"> Secondly, as we are thus to read, and hear the Word of God,
<NOTE PLACE="marg">A preparatory Prayer, ought to be u&s;ed, be|fore our Rea|ding, and hea|ring of the Word of God.</NOTE> and al&s;o to meditate thereon, &s;o we are likewi&s;e to fit and prepare our &s;elves before hand, for the due performance of the&s;e &s;o religious duties. And this prepara|tion ought to be by our earne&s;t, and hearty prayer unto God, that he would be graciou&s;ly plea&s;ed to Ble&s;&s;e us in our reading, in our hearing of his &s;acred Word, and in our medita|tions thereon. That he would be plea|&s;ed to open the eyes of our under&s;tan|dings, to ble&s;&s;e our memories, to &s;an|ctifie our affections, and &s;o to &s;ea&s;on us throughout, with the lively grace of his holy Spirit, inwardly working in us, that &s;o thereby we may be the
<PB N="6" REF="28">better enabled to turn all our reading, hearing, meditations, and remem|brance, into a due and carefull pra|ctice thereof, in the whole cour&s;e of our lives and conver&s;ations. And we are likewi&s;e to take heed what we hear, and how we hear.</P>
<P>If we de&s;ire to profit by Reading of the Word of God,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Rules by St.</HI> Augu&s;tin, <HI>to be ob&s;erved in Reading the Scriptures.</HI></NOTE> we mu&s;t then duely and carefully ob&s;erve the&s;e few directions given us for that purpo&s;e by S. <HI>Augu<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="MURP" EXTENT="2 letters">ine:</HI> as namely;</P>
<P><MILESTONE N="1"> Fir&s;t, we mu&s;t Read the &s;ame with all reverence.</P>
<P>Secondly, we mu&s;t read the &s;ame with all humility.</P>
<P><MILESTONE N="3"> Thirdly, we mu&s;t read the &s;ame with earne&s;t prayer unto God, for his ble&s;&s;ing on our labours therein.</P>
<P><MILESTONE N="4"> Fourthly, we mu&s;t read the &s;ame, and &s;o read it, as that we make parti|cular application of that which we read, unto our &s;elves, for direction of our lives.</P>
<P>For as S.
<NOTE PLACE="marg">St. Augu&s;tine.</NOTE> <HI>Augu&s;tine</HI> well ob&s;erveth, <HI>Beatus quis? beatus est ille homo, qui &s;ic legit &s;acras &s;cripturas, ut verba ver|tat in opera.</HI> Who is happy? even he is a happy man, that doth &s;o read the holy &s;criptures, that he may turn all his words into works.</P>
<PB N="7" REF="28">
<P>Again,
<NOTE PLACE="marg">Directions pre|paratory for our better hearing of the word of God preached.</NOTE> if we de&s;ire to profit by hearing of the Word of God preach|ed unto us, we mu&s;t then with all care and diligence, ob&s;erve the&s;e few fol|lowing directions: as namely;</P>
<P><MILESTONE N="1"> Fir&s;t, we mu&s;t hear the &s;ame with a holy attention to the word of God.</P>
<P><MILESTONE N="2"> Secondly, we mu&s;t look diligently to our hearts, that they wander not.</P>
<P><MILESTONE N="3"> Thirdly, we mu&s;t come having a re|&s;olved obedience to the powerfull word of God.</P>
<P><MILESTONE N="4"> Fourthly, we mu&s;t be carefull of our eyes, that they wander not, that they be neither wanton, dull, or &s;lug|gi&s;h.</P>
<P><MILESTONE N="5"> Fifthly, we mu&s;t not be a&s;leep in our &s;innes, as <HI>Ionah</HI> was in the &s;hip: we mu&s;t not think our &s;elves to be in &s;ecurity.</P>
<P><MILESTONE N="6"> Sixthly, we mu&s;t joyn faith to the word heard, and believe it.</P>
<P>And that from a child thou ha&s;t known the holy Scriptures,
<NOTE PLACE="marg">2 <HI>Timothy chap.</HI> 3. <HI>ver.</HI> 15.16.17.</NOTE> which are able to make thee wi&s;e unto falva|tion, through faith which is in Chri&s;t Je&s;us.</P>
<P>All &s;cripture is given by in&s;piration of God, and is profitable for do|ctrine, for reproof, for correction, for in&s;truction in righteou&s;ne&s;&s;e.</P>
<PB N="8" REF="29">
<P>That the man of God may be per|fect, throughly furni&s;hed unto all good works.</P>
<P><MILESTONE N="7"> Seventhly, we mu&s;t &s;ub&s;cribe unto the truth of the word of God.</P>
<P><MILESTONE N="8"> Eighthly, we mu&s;t yield a reverent obedience, and &s;ubmi&s;&s;ion unto the word of God.</P>
<P>Fora&s;much as ye are manife&s;tly de|clared to be the epi&s;tle of Chri&s;t,
<NOTE PLACE="marg">2 <HI>Corinthians chap.</HI> 3. <HI>ver.</HI> 3.</NOTE> mi|ni&s;tred by us, written, not with inke, but with the Spirit of the living God, not in tables of &s;tone, but in fle&s;hly tables of the heart.</P>
<P><MILESTONE N="9"> Ninthly, we mu&s;t not come with any prejudicate opinion of the mini|&s;ter we are to hear.</P>
<P>And the king of I&s;rael &s;aid unto <HI>Je|ho&s;haphat,</HI>
<NOTE PLACE="marg">1 <HI>Kings chap.</HI> 22. <HI>ver.</HI> 8.</NOTE> There is yet one man <HI>(Mi|caiah)</HI> the &s;on of <HI>Imiah,</HI> by whom we may enquire of the Lord, but I hate him, for he doth not prophe&s;ie good concerning me, but evil. And <HI>Ieho|&s;haphat</HI> &s;aid, Let not the king &s;ay &s;o.</P>
<P>Now while <HI>Paul</HI> waited for them at <HI>Athens,</HI>
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Acts chap.</HI> 17. <HI>ver.</HI> 16.17.18.</NOTE> his &s;pirit was &s;tirred in him, when he &s;aw the City wholly given to idolatry.</P>
<P>Therefore di&s;puted he in the Syna|gogue with the Jews, and with the devout per&s;ons, and in the market dai|ly,
<PB N="9" REF="29">with them that met with him.</P>
<P>Then certain of the Philo&s;ophers, of the Epicureans, and of the Stoicks encountred him: and &s;ome &s;aid, What will this babler &s;ay? other &s;ome, He &s;eemeth to be a &s;etter forth of &s;trange gods: becau&s;e he preached unto them Je&s;us and the Re&s;urrection.</P>
<P><MILESTONE N="10"> Tenthly, we mu&s;t draw near, and make ha&s;te to come and hear the word of God preached unto us; we mu&s;t come willingly thereunto, be|cau&s;e that God hath commanded, and enjoyned us &s;o to do; and God hath promi&s;ed to ble&s;&s;e us, in our &s;peaking, and in our hearing.</P>
<P>The Lord hath given me the tongue of the learned,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>I&s;aiah cha.</HI> 50. <HI>ver.</HI> 4.5.</NOTE> that I &s;hould know how to &s;peak a word in &s;ea&s;on, to him that is weary: He wakeneth morning by morning, he wakeneth mine eare, to hear as the learned.</P>
<P>The Lord God hath opened mine eare, and I was not rebellious, neither turned away back.</P>
<P>The hearing ear,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Proverbs chap.</HI> 20. <HI>ver.</HI> 12.</NOTE> and the &s;eeing eye, the Lord hath made even both of them.</P>
<P>Behold, their eare is uncircumci&s;ed,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Jeremiah chap.</HI> 6. <HI>ver.</HI> 10.</NOTE> and they cannot hearken.</P>
<P>It is well ob&s;erved by one; That</P>
<PB N="10" REF="30">
<P><MILESTONE N="1"> Fir&s;t, It is God, and he alone, that fitteth and prepareth the eares of all, to hear aright his word preached unto them.</P>
<P>He openeth the eares of men,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Job chap.</HI> 33. <HI>ver.</HI> 16.</NOTE> and &s;ealeth their in&s;tructions.</P>
<P>Sacrifice and offering thou did&s;t not de&s;ire,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>P&s;alm</HI> 40. <HI>ver.</HI> 6.</NOTE> mine eares ha&s;t thou o|pened.</P>
<P><MILESTONE N="2"> Secondly, It is God, and he alone, that openeth the heart, as he did the heart of <HI>Lydia,</HI> and doth, as it were, dig, delve, and prepare the &s;ame, to receive the word preached, as &s;eed &s;own in good ground, that &s;o it may take deep root downwards, and bring forth good fruit upwards, for the a|mendment of our lives, and &s;alvation of our &s;ouls.</P>
<P>And a certain woman named <HI>Ly|dia,</HI>
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Acts chap.</HI> 16. <HI>ver.</HI> 14.</NOTE> a &s;eller of purple, of the City of <HI>Thyatyra,</HI> which wor&s;hipped God, heard us; who&s;e heart the Lord open|ed, that &s;he attended unto the things which were &s;poken of <HI>Paul.</HI></P>
<P>But that,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Luke chap,</HI> 8. <HI>ver.</HI> 15.</NOTE> on the good ground, are they which in an hone&s;t, and good heart, having heard the word, keep it, and bring forth fruit with pati|ence.</P>
<P><MILESTONE N="3"> Thirdly, It is God, and he alone,
<PB N="11" REF="30">that doth ble&s;&s;e our memories, with a retentive faculty, to keep, and retain the word which we hear preached un|to us.</P>
<P><MILESTONE N="4"> Fourthly, It is God, and he alone, that enlightens, and illuminates our under&s;tandings, and &s;anctifieth our af|fections, by the powerfull operation of his holy Spirit in us, thereby ena|bling us, to put in practice in our lives and conver&s;ations, that which we have heard preached unto us. And all this thus wrought in us, for the com|fort and &s;alvation of our &s;oules, in and through Chri&s;t Je&s;us, our ble&s;&s;ed Lord and Saviour.</P>
<P>We mu&s;t likewi&s;e take heed what we hear, and how we hear.</P>
<P><MILESTONE N="3"> Thirdly,
<NOTE PLACE="marg">The powerful|ne&s;&s;e of Gods word, and the benefits we have thereby.</NOTE> We are both in our read|ing, and hearing of the word of God, and in our meditations thereon, to take into our &s;erious con&s;ideration, the powerfulne&s;&s;e of the word of God, and the great, and un&s;peakable bene|fits we receive thereby, divers wayes manife&s;ted unto us by the&s;e en&s;ueing places of Scripture.</P>
<P><HI>In &s;acra &s;criptura, quicquid docetur,</HI>
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Hugo libro</HI> 3. <HI>de anima.</HI></NOTE> <HI>veritas, quicquid praecipitur, bonitas, quicquid promittitnr, faelicitas e&s;t. Nam Deus veritas e&s;t &s;ine fallacia, bonitas
<PB N="10" REF="31">
<GAP DESC="duplicate" EXTENT="1 page">
<PB N="11" REF="31">
<GAP DESC="duplicate" EXTENT="1 page">
<PB N="12" REF="32">&s;ine malitia, faelicitas &s;ine mi&s;eria: ut</HI> Hugo <HI>libro</HI> 3. <HI>de anima.</HI> In the holy Scripture,
<NOTE PLACE="marg">Hugo.</NOTE> what&s;oever is taught, is truth, what&s;oever is commanded, is goodne&s;&s;e, and what&s;oever is promi|&s;ed, is happine&s;&s;e. For God is truth without fal&s;hood, goodne&s;&s;e without malice, and happine&s;&s;e without mi&s;e|ry: as <HI>Hugo</HI> well ob&s;erveth, in his third book of the &s;oul.</P>
<P><HI>Sacra Scriptura,</HI>
<NOTE PLACE="marg">S. Gregory in moral.</NOTE> <HI>tanto plus diligi|tur, quanto amplius meditatur: ut in|quit St.</HI> Gregory, <HI>in moral.</HI> The holy Scripture is &s;o much the more loved of us, by how much the more we do me|ditate therein:
<NOTE PLACE="marg">S. Gregory.</NOTE> as St. <HI>Gregory</HI> ob&s;er|veth.</P>
<P><HI>Doctrina &s;cripturae perfecta e&s;t,</HI>
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Pi&s;cator fol.</HI> 22. <HI>cap.</HI> 14.</NOTE> <HI>om|nia &s;cilicet tradens, qua ad verum Dei cultum, &amp; ad aeternam no&s;tram &s;alu|tem &s;unt nece&s;&s;aria: ut</HI> Pi&s;cator <HI>fol.</HI> 22. <HI>cap.</HI> 14. The doctrine of the &s;cri|pture is perfect,
<NOTE PLACE="marg">Pi&s;cator.</NOTE> that is to &s;ay, &s;hewing unto us all things nece&s;&s;ary, both to the due wor&s;hip of God, and our own eternall &s;alvation.</P>
<P><HI>Finis &s;eu &s;copus Dei in &s;criptura,</HI>
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Pi&s;cator fol.</HI> 22. <HI>cap.</HI> 13.</NOTE> <HI>e&s;t crudire populum &s;uum de recto cultu &s;ui, &amp; vera hominis faelicitate, &amp; perfe|cta e&s;t, tradens omnia quae &s;unt ad istum &s;copum a&s;&s;equendu~ nece&s;&s;aria: ut</HI> Pi&s;cat.
<PB N="13" REF="32"><HI>fol.</HI> 22. <HI>cap.</HI> 13. The end and purpo&s;e of God in the &s;criptures, is to in&s;truct his people and children, in the true,
<NOTE PLACE="marg">Pi&s;cator.</NOTE> and right wor&s;hip of him, as al&s;o in the happine&s;&s;e of man: and the &s;ame is likewi&s;e perfect, teaching us all things which are nece&s;&s;ary to the at|taining unto of that end.</P>
<P><HI>Doctrina &s;cripturae certo vera e&s;t,</HI>
<NOTE PLACE="marg">Pi&s;cator.</NOTE> <HI>quippe ab in&s;tinctu Spiritus &s;ancti pro|fectus. erroneum igitur nece&s;&s;e e&s;t, quic|quid cum eo pugnat: ut</HI> Pi&s;cator <HI>fol.</HI> 22. <HI>cap.</HI> 18. The doctrine of the Scri|pture is certainly true, becau&s;e it pro|ceedeth from the in&s;tinct, and in&s;pira|tion of the holy Spirit of God: and therefore it falleth out that what&s;o|ever is repugnant thereunto, mu&s;t needs be erroneous.</P>
<P>A good encouragement for all to read the &s;criptures.
<NOTE PLACE="marg">An excourage|ment to read the Scriptures.</NOTE></P>
<P><HI>In &s;cripturis abundat, &amp; quod robu|&s;tus comedat, &amp; quod parvulus &s;ugat.</HI> In the &s;criptures there is &s;uch abun|dance,
<NOTE PLACE="marg">Fulgentius.</NOTE> as that &s;trong men may there find meat to eat, and the weak young &s;uckling may there al&s;o find fitting food for him to &s;uck on: as <HI>Fulgen|tius</HI> ob&s;erveth</P>
<P><HI>Divinus &s;ermo, &s;icut my&s;teriis, pru|dentes exercet, &s;ic plerunque &s;uperficie
<PB N="14" REF="33">&s;implices refovet. Habet in publice, unde parvulos nutriat, &s;ervat in &s;ecre|to,</HI>
<NOTE PLACE="marg">Gregory Epi&s;t. ad Leande.</NOTE> <HI>unde mentes &s;ublimium admiratione &s;u&s;pendat: ut</HI> Gregory <HI>Epi&s;t. ad</HI> Le|andr. The word of God, as in my&s;te|ries, doth exerci&s;e the wi&s;e, &s;o in a &s;uperficiall way of knowledge, it doth comfort, and refre&s;h the weak and &s;imple. It hath in common, whereby it may nouri&s;h the young ones: and it keeps in &s;ecret, that whereby it may hold in &s;u&s;pence with admiration, the mindes of the &s;ublimate and learned: as <HI>Gregory</HI> ob&s;erveth in his epi&s;tle to <HI>Leander.</HI></P>
<P>And again, as the &s;ame Authour ob&s;erveth.
<NOTE PLACE="marg">Gregory Epi&s;t. ad Leande.</NOTE></P>
<P>It is a deep, and yet a &s;hallow foord; <HI>Ubi agnus ambulat, &amp; ubi clephas na|tat:</HI> where the Lambe may wade, and where the greate&s;t Elephant may &s;wimme.</P>
<P>Or, where the weake&s;t in know|ledge and under&s;tanding, may find much comfort; and where the greate&s;t and mo&s;t profound &s;cholar may find matter enough to work upon.</P>
<P>For &s;ince I &s;pake,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Jeremiah cha.</HI> 20. <HI>ver.</HI> 8.9.</NOTE> I cried out, I cri|ed violence, and &s;poil, becau&s;e the word of the Lord was made a reproch unto me, and a deri&s;ion daily. Then
<PB N="15" REF="33">I &s;aid, I will not make mention of him any more, nor &s;peak any more in his name. But his word was in mine heart as a burning fire, &s;hut up in my bones, and I was weary with forbearing, and I could not &s;tay.</P>
<P>Is not my word like as fire,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Jeremiah cha.</HI> 23. <HI>ver.</HI> 29.</NOTE> &s;aith the Lord, and like a hammer, that breaketh the rock in pieces?</P>
<P>But to this man will I look, even to him that is poor, and of a contrite &s;pirit, and trembleth at my word.</P>
<P>Hear the word of the Lord,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>I&s;aiah cha.</HI> 66. <HI>ver.</HI> 2.5.</NOTE> ye that tremble at his word.</P>
<P>My word &s;hall not return unto me void,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>I&s;aiah cha.</HI> 55. <HI>ver.</HI> 11.</NOTE> but it &s;hall accompli&s;h that which I plea&s;e, and it &s;hall pro&s;per in the thing whereto I &s;ent it.</P>
<P>The word of God called a &s;word,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Revelation chap.</HI> 19. <HI>ver.</HI> 21.</NOTE> which &s;word proceeded out of his mouth.</P>
<P>The word of God is quick and powerfull,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Hebrews chap.</HI> 4. <HI>ver.</HI> 52.</NOTE> and &s;harper than any two edged &s;word, piercing even to the di|viding a&s;under of &s;oul, and &s;pirit, and of the joynts, and marrow, and is a di&s;cerner of the thoughts and intents of the heart.</P>
<P>And he was clothed with a ve&s;ture dipt in bloud,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Revelation chap.</HI> 19. <HI>ver.</HI> 13.</NOTE> and his name is called the word of God.</P>
<PB N="16" REF="34">
<P>As for me,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>I&s;aiah cha.</HI> 29. <HI>ver.</HI> 21.</NOTE> this is my covenant with them, &s;aith the Lord, my &s;pirit that is upon thee, and my words which I have put in thy mouth, &s;hall not de|part out of thy mouth, nor out of the mouth of thy &s;eed, nor out of the mouth of thy &s;eeds &s;eed, &s;aith the Lord, from henceforth, and for ever.</P>
<P>Ble&s;&s;ed are they that hear the word of God,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Luke chap.</HI> 11. <HI>ver.</HI> 28.</NOTE> and keep it.</P>
<P>Receive with meekne&s;&s;e,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>James chap.</HI> 1. <HI>ver.</HI> 21.</NOTE> the en|grafted word of God, which is able to &s;ave your &s;ouls.</P>
<P>Keep therefore,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Deuteronomy chap.</HI> 29. <HI>ver.</HI> 9.</NOTE> the words of this covenant, and do them, that &s;o ye may pro&s;per in all that ye do.</P>
<P>As new born babes,
<NOTE PLACE="marg">1 <HI>Peter chap.</HI> 2. <HI>ver.</HI> 2.</NOTE> de&s;ire the &s;in|cere milk of the word, that ye may grow thereby.</P>
<P>Verily,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>John chap.</HI> 5. <HI>ver.</HI> 24.</NOTE> verily, I &s;ay unto you, he that heareth my word, and believeth on him that &s;ent me, hath everla&s;ting life, and &s;hall not come into condem|nation, but is pa&s;&s;ed from death to life.</P>
<P>The word of God,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>The word of God, the word of Reconcilia|tion.</HI> 2 <HI>Corinthians chap.</HI> 5. <HI>ver.</HI> 18.19.</NOTE> called the word of Reconciliation.</P>
<P>And all things are of God, who hath reconciled us to him&s;elf, by Ie|&s;us Chri&s;t, and hath given to us the mini&s;try of reconciliation.</P>
<PB N="17" REF="34">
<P>To wit, that God was in Chri&s;t, re|conciling the world unto him&s;elf, not imputing their tre&s;pa&s;&s;es unto them, and hath committed unto us the word of reconciliation.</P>
<P>The word of God called the word of truth.
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>The word of God, the word of Truth. Ephe&s;ians cha.</HI> 1. <HI>ver.</HI> 13.</NOTE></P>
<P>In whom ye al&s;o tru&s;ted, after that ye heard the word of truth, the go|&s;pel of your &s;alvation: in whom al|&s;o, after that ye believed, ye were &s;ealed with that holy Spirit of pro|mi&s;e.</P>
<P>The word of God called the word of life.
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>The word of God, the word of life. Philippians chap.</HI> 2. <HI>ver.</HI> 16.</NOTE></P>
<P>Holding forth the word of life, that I may rejoyce in the day of Chri&s;t, that I have not run in vain, neither laboured in vain.</P>
<P>The word called the word of Chri&s;t.
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>The word cal|led the word of Chri&s;t. Collo&s;sians chap.</HI> 3. <HI>ver.</HI> 16. <HI>The word cal|led the faith|full word of God. Titus chap.</HI> 1. <HI>ver.</HI> 9.</NOTE></P>
<P>Let the word of Chri&s;t dwell in you, richly, in all wi&s;dome.</P>
<P>The word called the faithfull word of God.</P>
<P>Holding fa&s;t the faithfull word of God, as he hath been taught, that he may be able by &s;ound doctrine, both to exhort, and to convince the gain|&s;ayers.</P>
<P>Thy word have I hid in my heart,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>P&s;al.</HI> 119. <HI>ver.</HI> 11. <HI>and</HI> 42.</NOTE>
<PB N="18" REF="35">that I might not &s;in again&s;t thee.</P>
<P>So &s;hall I have wherewith to an|&s;wer him that reprocheth me: for I tru&s;t in thy word.</P>
<P>So then faith cometh by hearing,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Romans ch.</HI> 10. <HI>ver.</HI> 17.</NOTE> and hearing by the word of God.</P>
<P><MILESTONE N="4"> Fourthly, In our reading, and hear|ing of the word of God, and in our meditations thereon, the due con&s;i|deration of all this, ought to &s;tirre up in us a love unto the &s;ame, and a re|joycing therein; as by the&s;e en&s;uing places of Scripture may appear.</P>
<P>I rejoyce at thy word,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>P&s;al.</HI> 119. <HI>ver.</HI> 162. <HI>Jeremiah cha.</HI> 15. <HI>ver.</HI> 16.</NOTE> as one that findeth great &s;poil.</P>
<P>Thy words were &s;ound, and I did eat them, and thy word was unto me the joy, and rejoycing of my heart, for I am called by thy name, O Lord God of ho&s;ts.</P>
<P>Lord,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>P&s;al.</HI> 26. <HI>ver.</HI> 8.</NOTE> I have loved the habitation of thy hou&s;e, and the place where thine honour dwelleth.</P>
<P>I was glad when they &s;aid unto me,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>P&s;al.</HI> 122. <HI>ver.</HI> 1.</NOTE> Let us go into the hou&s;e of the Lord.</P>
<P>For a day in thy Courts is better than a thou&s;and:
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>P&s;alm.</HI> 84. <HI>ver.</HI> 10.</NOTE> I had rather be a door-keeper in the hou&s;e of my God, than to dwell in the tents of wicked|ne&s;&s;e.</P>
<PB N="19" REF="35">
<P>O how I love thy law,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>P&s;alm.</HI> 119. <HI>ver.</HI> 97.127.</NOTE> it is my me|ditation all the day.</P>
<P>Therefore I love thy commande|ments above gold, yea above fine gold.</P>
<P>I delight to do thy will,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>P&s;al.</HI> 40. <HI>ver.</HI> 8.</NOTE> O my God: yea thy law is within my heart.</P>
<P><MILESTONE N="5"> Fifthly, The&s;e precedent ob&s;erva|tions being thus made u&s;e of by us, the word of God which we have thus read, heard, and meditated on, will then doubtle&s;&s;e, be a con&s;tant, and a perpetuall comfort unto us at all times, both in life and death.</P>
<P>Be thou faithfull unto death,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Revelation chap.</HI> 2. <HI>ver.</HI> 10.</NOTE> and I will give thee a crown of life.</P>
</DIV1>
<DIV1 N="2" TYPE="chapter">
<PB N="20" REF="36">
<HEAD>CHAP. II. <HI>Of the &s;everall Books mentioned in the Scriptures.</HI></HEAD>
<P>THine eyes did &s;ee my &s;ub&s;tance,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>P&s;al.</HI> 139. <HI>ver.</HI> 16.</NOTE> yet being unperfect, and in thy Book all my members were written, which in continuance were fa&s;hioned, when as yet there was none of them.</P>
<P>Then they that feared the Lord,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Malachie chap.</HI> 3. <HI>ver.</HI> 16, 17, 18.</NOTE> &s;pake often one to another, and the Lord hearkened, and heard it, and a Book of remembrance was written before him, for them that feared the Lord, and that thought upon his name.</P>
<P>And they &s;hall be mine,
<NOTE PLACE="marg">The difference between the wicked, and the righteous, in the day of Judgment.</NOTE> &s;aith the Lord of ho&s;ts, when I make up my Iewels, and I will &s;pare them, as a man &s;pareth his own &s;on that &s;erveth him.</P>
<P>Then &s;hall ye return, and di&s;cern between the righteous and the wic|ked, between him that &s;erveth God, and him that &s;erveth him not.</P>
<P>Thou telle&s;t my wandrings,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>P&s;al.</HI> 56. <HI>ver.</HI> 8.</NOTE> put thou my teares into thy bottle, are they not in thy book?</P>
<PB N="21" REF="36">
<P>And in that day &s;hall the deaf hear the words of the book.
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>I&s;aiah cha.</HI> 29. <HI>ver.</HI> 18.</NOTE></P>
<P>Seek ye out of the book of the Lord, and read.
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>I&s;aiah cha.</HI> 34. <HI>ver.</HI> 16.</NOTE></P>
<P>And at that time &s;hall <HI>Michael</HI> &s;tand up, the great prince,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Daniel cha.</HI> 12. <HI>ver.</HI> 1.</NOTE> which &s;tandeth for the children of thy peo|ple, and there &s;hall be a time of trou|ble, &s;uch as never was &s;ince there was a Nation, even to that &s;ame time: and at that time thy people &s;hall be deli|vered, every one that &s;hall be found written in the book.</P>
<P>And many of them that &s;leep in the du&s;t of the earth &s;hall awake,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Daniel cha.</HI> 12. <HI>ver.</HI> 2, 3.</NOTE> &s;ome to everla&s;ting life, and &s;ome to &s;hame, and everla&s;ting contempt.</P>
<P>And they that be wi&s;e &s;hall &s;hine as the brightne&s;&s;e of the firmament, and they that turn many to righte|ou&s;ne&s;&s;e, as the &s;tarres, for ever and ever.</P>
<P>A fiery &s;tream i&s;&s;ued,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Daniel cha.</HI> 7. <HI>ver.</HI> 10.</NOTE> and came forth from before him; thou&s;and thou|&s;ands mini&s;tred unto him, and ten thou&s;and times ten thou&s;and &s;tood before him: the Iudgement was &s;et, and the books were opened.</P>
<P>But thou, O <HI>Daniel,</HI>
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Daniel cha.</HI> 12. <HI>ver.</HI> 4.</NOTE> &s;hut up the words, and &s;eal the book, even to the time of the end: many &s;hall run to
<PB N="22" REF="37">and fro, and knowledge &s;hall be in|crea&s;ed.</P>
<P>And the&s;e &s;hall go away into ever|la&s;ting puni&s;hment,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Matthew cha.</HI> 25. <HI>ver.</HI> 46.</NOTE> but the righteous into life eternall.</P>
<P>For the hour is coming,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>John chap.</HI> 5. <HI>ver.</HI> 28, 29.</NOTE> in the which all that are in the graves &s;hall hear his voice:</P>
<P>And &s;hall come forth, they that have done good, unto the Re&s;urrecti|on of life, and they that have done e|vil, unto the Re&s;urrection of damna|tion.</P>
<P>Let them be blotted out of the book of the living,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>P&s;alm</HI> 69. <HI>ver.</HI> 28.</NOTE> and not be written with the righteous.</P>
<P>He that overcometh,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Revelation chap.</HI> 3. <HI>ver.</HI> 5.</NOTE> the &s;ame &s;hall be clothed in white raiment, and I will not blot out his name out of the book of life, but I will confe&s;&s;e his name, before my father, and before his an|gels.</P>
<P>And I entreat thee al&s;o,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Philippians ch.</HI> 4. <HI>ver.</HI> 3.</NOTE> true yoke|fellow, help the&s;e women, which la|boured with me in the Go&s;pel, with <HI>Clement</HI> al&s;o, and with other my fel|low labourers, who&s;e names are in the book of life.</P>
<P>And it was given unto him,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Revelation ch.</HI> 13. <HI>ver.</HI> 7, 8.</NOTE> to make war with the Saints, and to overcome them: and power was given him o|ver
<PB N="23" REF="37">all kindreds, and tongues, and nations.</P>
<P>And all that dwell upon the earth &s;hall wor&s;hip him, who&s;e names are not written in the book of life, of the Lambe, &s;lain from the foundation of the world.</P>
<P>The bea&s;t that thou &s;awe&s;t, was,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Revelation chap.</HI> 17. <HI>ver.</HI> 8.</NOTE> and is not, and &s;hall a&s;cend out of the bot|tomle&s;&s;e pit, and go into perdition, and they that dwell on the earth &s;hall wonder, and who&s;e names are not written in the book of life, from the foundation of the world, when they behold the bea&s;t that was, and is not, and yet is.</P>
<P>And I &s;aw the dead, &s;mall,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Revelation ch.</HI> 20. <HI>ver.</HI> 12, 13.</NOTE> and great, &s;tand before God, and the books were opened: and another book was opened, which is the book of life, and the dead were judged, out of tho&s;e things which were written in the books, according to their works.</P>
<P>And the &s;ea gave up the dead which were in it, and death, and hell deli|vered up the dead which were in them, and they were judged every man according to their works.</P>
<P>And death,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Revelat. chap.</HI> 20. <HI>ver.</HI> 14, 15.</NOTE> and hell were ca&s;t into the lake of fire.</P>
<P>And who&s;oever was not found writ|ten
<PB N="24" REF="38">in the book of life, was ca&s;t into the lake of fire.</P>
<P>And if any man &s;hall take away from the words of the book of this prophecie,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Revelat. chap.</HI> 2 <HI>r</HI> 2. <HI>ve</HI> 19.</NOTE> God &s;hall take away his part out of the book of life, and out of the holy City, and from the things which are written in this book.</P>
<P>Books named in the Scripture, and not to be found: as namely;</P>
<P>Is not this written in the book of <HI>(Ia&s;her)</HI> the marginall note of an old Bible,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Io&s;hua chap.</HI> 10. <HI>ver.</HI> 13.</NOTE> being, as &s;ome read it, In the book of the righteous; meaning <HI>Mo|&s;es.</HI> The Chaldee text reading. In the book of the Law: But it is like that it was a book thus named, which is now lo&s;t. All this in the marginall notes of an old Bible.</P>
<P>As it is written in the book of <HI>Ia|&s;her,</HI>
<NOTE PLACE="marg">2 <HI>Samuel cha.</HI> 11. <HI>ver.</HI> 18.</NOTE> or righteous, as the marginall note is.</P>
<P>Wherefore it is &s;aid in the book of the warres of the Lord,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Numbers chap.</HI> 21. <HI>ver.</HI> 14.</NOTE> (or of the battels) which by a marginall note in an old Bible, &s;eemeth to be the book of the Iudges, or a book which is lo&s;t.</P>
<P>Concerning the acts of <HI>David</HI> the
<PB N="25" REF="38">king, behold,
<NOTE PLACE="marg">1 <HI>Chron. chap.</HI> 29. <HI>ver.</HI> 29.</NOTE> they are written in the book of <HI>Samuel</HI> the Seer, and in the book of <HI>Nathan</HI> the prophet, and in the book of <HI>Gad</HI> the Seer. The mar|ginall note in an old Bible, is, that the books of <HI>Nathan,</HI> and <HI>Gad,</HI> are thought to have been lo&s;t in the cap|tivity.</P>
<P>And there &s;hall in no wi&s;e,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Revelation ch.</HI> 21. <HI>ver.</HI> 27.</NOTE> enter into it, any thing, that defileth, nei|ther what&s;oever worketh abominati|on, nor maketh a lye; but they, which are written in the Lambes book of life.</P>
<P>There is, as One well ob&s;erveth, a two fold Book of God: as namely;</P>
<P><MILESTONE N="1"> Fir&s;t, there is <HI>Liber Providentiae,</HI> that is, the Book of Gods Providence, whereby we are taught, to know our duties to God, and to referre our &s;elves, and all our actions, to his Di|vine Providence, and mercy: and to u&s;e his good ble&s;sings on us be&s;towed, to his glory. All which, if we thus do, we &s;hall then receive all things nece&s;|&s;ary in this world, and life eternall in the world to come.</P>
<P>But if we are di&s;obedient, and do contrary to all this; then there is a &s;econd Book, which will be open|ed again&s;t us: as namely;</P>
<PB N="26" REF="39">
<P><MILESTONE N="2"> Secondly, there is <HI>Liber Judicii,</HI> the Book of Gods Judgement, where|by we &s;hall receive all the Judgements of God, therein mentioned, and pro|nounced again&s;t the wicked and di&s;o|bedient.</P>
<P>Then &s;hall the king &s;ay unto them,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Matthew cha.</HI> 25. <HI>ver.</HI> 34.</NOTE> on his right hand, Come ye ble&s;&s;ed of my Father, inherit the kingdome prepared for you, from the foundati|on of the world.</P>
<P>Then &s;hall he &s;ay al&s;o unto tho&s;e,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Matthew cha.</HI> 25. <HI>ver.</HI> 41.</NOTE> on the left hand, Depart from me, ye cur&s;ed, into everla&s;ting fire, prepa|red for the Devil and his angels.</P>
<P>It is ob&s;erved by a Father, That there is another book, and that is cal|led <HI>Codex Con&s;cientiae,</HI> the book of a mans con&s;cience.</P>
<P>St. <HI>Chry&s;o&s;tome</HI> ob&s;erveth thus much,
<NOTE PLACE="marg">S. <HI>Chry&s;o&s;tom.</HI></NOTE> <HI>(&s;c.)</HI> That,</P>
<P><HI>Con&s;cientia e&s;t codex, in quo, quotidi|ana no&s;tra peccata, re&s;cribuntur.</HI> The Con&s;cience is a book, in the which, our daily &s;innes and offences, are writ down, regi&s;tred, and recorded again&s;t us; as S. <HI>Chry&s;o&s;tome</HI> ob&s;erveth.</P>
<P>And as touching Con&s;cience;</P>
<P>There is a Threefold quality of the Con&s;cience,
<NOTE PLACE="marg">Of Con&s;cience.</NOTE> as One ob&s;erveth; as namely:</P>
<PB N="27" REF="39">
<P><MILESTONE N="1"> Fir&s;t, <HI>Te&s;tificare de praeterito,</HI> that is, to bear te&s;timony, and witne&s;&s;e, of what is done by us, and pa&s;t.</P>
<P><MILESTONE N="2"> Secondly, <HI>Accu&s;are, vel excu&s;are,</HI> to accu&s;e us, of what we have done, or el&s;e to excu&s;e us.</P>
<P><MILESTONE N="3"> Thirdly <HI>Solvere, vel ligare;</HI> That is, either to let us loo&s;e, or el&s;e to bind us fa&s;t up.</P>
<P>For when the Gentiles,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Romans chap.</HI> 2. <HI>ver.</HI> 14.15.16.</NOTE> which have not the Law, do by nature, the things contained in the Law, the&s;e having not the Law, are a Law unto them|&s;elves.</P>
<P>Which &s;hew the work of the Law, written in their hearts, their Con&s;ci|ence al&s;o bearing witne&s;&s;e, and their thoughts, mean while, accu&s;ing, or el&s;e excu&s;ing one another.</P>
<P>In the day, when God &s;hall judge the &s;ecrets of men, by Je&s;us Chri&s;t, ac|cording to my go&s;pel.</P>
<P><HI>Con&s;cientia, e&s;t, qua&s;i cordis &s;cientia,</HI>
<NOTE PLACE="marg">S. <HI>Bernard.</HI></NOTE> <HI>ut S.</HI> Bernard. The con&s;cience is, as it were, the very knowledge of the heart.</P>
<P>By &s;trength, &s;tratagems, and poli|cy, men do overcome their enemies: But God convinceth a man only by the guilt of his con&s;cience, the which will convict him at the la&s;t day, or ac|quit him.</P>
<PB N="28" REF="40">
<P><HI>Deus,</HI>
<NOTE PLACE="marg">S. Augu&s;tin.</NOTE> <HI>coram quo judicandus &s;is, ju|&s;tus e&s;t Judex.</HI> God, before whom thou art to be judged, is a ju&s;t God, and Judge; and he will onely judge us by the te&s;timony of our own con|&s;ciences; as S. <HI>Augustine</HI> ob&s;erveth.</P>
<P><HI>Quid prode&s;t,</HI>
<NOTE PLACE="marg">Seneca.</NOTE> <HI>non habere con&s;cium, habenti con&s;cientiam? ut</HI> Seneca: that is, What can it profit, or avail thee, to have no witne&s;&s;e to te&s;tifie again&s;t thee, having thy own con&s;cience, which is as good as a thou&s;and wit|ne&s;&s;es, to accu&s;e thee?</P>
<P><HI>Nullum putaveris locum &s;ine teste, &amp; memineris, Deum habere te testem.</HI> That is, Do not thou think any place free from a witne&s;s; and be thou mind|full, that God hath thee thy &s;elf, to be a witne&s;&s;e again&s;t thy &s;elf, by thy own con&s;cience, accu&s;ing thee, as a Father ob&s;erveth.</P>
<P><HI>Si hone&s;ta &s;unt,</HI>
<NOTE PLACE="marg">Seneca.</NOTE> <HI>quae facis, omnes &s;ci|ant, &s;i turpia, quid refert, neminem &s;ci|re, cum tu ip&s;e &s;cias? O te mi&s;erum, &s;i contemnis hunc te&s;tem, ut</HI> Seneca. If the things which thou doe&s;t, are ho|ne&s;t, and good, it is no matter then who knoweth thereof: But if the things are ill which thou doe&s;t, what doth it then avail thee, that none do know thereof, when as thou thy &s;elf
<PB N="29" REF="40">knowe&s;t it. O mi&s;erable man that thou art, if thou contemn, and de&s;pi&s;e this te&s;timony, as <HI>Seneca</HI> ob&s;erveth.</P>
<P><HI>Turpe facturus, te, &s;ine te&s;te time.</HI></P>
<P>When thou art doing any thing that is ill, then fear thy &s;elf; even thy own con&s;cience, though that no other witne&s;&s;e be pre&s;ent.</P>
<P><HI>In omnibus quae agis,</HI>
<NOTE PLACE="marg">S. Bernard.</NOTE> <HI>Deum prae&s;en|tem cogita, cave itaque, ne vel &s;igno, vel facto offendas, qui ub que prae&s;ens, cer|nit quicquid facis; ut S.</HI> Bernard. In all things which thou doe&s;t, think God alwayes to be pre&s;ent before thee, and therefore take heed, le&s;t thou any wayes offend, either by deed, or other|wi&s;e; for he, even that God which is every where pre&s;ent, doth &s;ee,
<NOTE PLACE="marg">S. Bernard.</NOTE> and be|hold all that thou doe&s;t: as St. <HI>Ber|nard</HI> ob&s;erveth.</P>
<P><HI>Deus totus e&s;t &s;en&s;us, totus vi&s;us, to|tus auditus:</HI> Plinie. God is altoge|ther &s;en&s;e, and under&s;tanding, alto|gether eyes, and &s;eeing,
<NOTE PLACE="marg">Plinie.</NOTE> altogether eares, and hearing; as <HI>Plinie</HI> ob&s;er|veth.</P>
<P><HI>Deus est totus auris, totus oculus,</HI>
<NOTE PLACE="marg">Irenaeus.</NOTE> <HI>ut</HI> Irenaeus. god is all eares, all eye, he heareth every thing, and he &s;eeth eve|ry thing, which is acted, and done by us; as <HI>Irenaus</HI> ob&s;erveth.</P>
<PB N="30" REF="41">
<P><HI>Noli peccare, nam Deus vidit, An|geli a&s;tant, Diabolus accu&s;abit, Con&s;ci|entia te&s;tabitur, Infernum cruciabit; ut</HI> Pater. Therefore do not thou of|fend, for God &s;ees thee, the Angels behold thee, the Devil will accu&s;e thee, thy own Con&s;cience will witne&s;&s;e, and te&s;tifie again&s;t thee, and Hell will tor|ment thee.</P>
<P><HI>Aut &s;i peccare vis,</HI>
<NOTE PLACE="marg">St. Augu&s;tin.</NOTE> <HI>quaere locum ubi Deus te non videat, &amp; fac quod vis; ut S.</HI> Augu&s;tin. If notwith&s;tanding all this, thou wilt needs offend, and com|mit &s;in, then &s;eek thee out a fitting, and convenient place; yea even &s;uch a place to act thy &s;in in, where God may not &s;ee, nor behold thee; and then freely do what thou wilt.
<NOTE PLACE="marg">St. Augu&s;tin.</NOTE> S. <HI>Au|gu&s;tine.</HI></P>
<P><HI>Con&s;cientia rea, e&s;t &s;emper inquieta; ut</HI> I&s;iodor.
<NOTE PLACE="marg">I&s;iodor.</NOTE> A guilty con&s;cience is al|wayes unquiet.</P>
<P>A good con&s;cience is thus qualifi|ed, and hath,</P>
<P><MILESTONE N="1"> Fir&s;t, <HI>in corde puritatem,</HI> Purity in the heart.</P>
<P><MILESTONE N="2"> Secondly, <HI>in ore veritatem,</HI> Truth and verity in the mouth. And</P>
<P><MILESTONE N="3"> Thirdly, <HI>in actione rectitudinem,</HI> Uprightne&s;&s;e in all the actions;
<NOTE PLACE="marg">S. Bernard.</NOTE> as St. <HI>Bernard</HI> ob&s;erveth.</P>
<PB N="31" REF="41">
<P><HI>Con&s;cientia, nihil aliud e&s;t, &s;ecun|dum quo&s;dam.</HI> The Con&s;cience, as &s;ome do hold, is nothing el&s;e, but the &s;oul, reflecting on it &s;elf.</P>
<P><HI>Con&s;cientia e&s;t judex &s;ui ip&s;ius.</HI> Con|&s;cience in a man, is the judge of him|&s;elf.</P>
<P>It is a &s;ecret &s;pie in our &s;elves, cen|&s;uring all our actions, by us done, or to be done, whether good, or bad.</P>
<P><HI>Con&s;cientia e&s;t &s;cientia cum alio, &amp; te&s;tis perpetuus e&s;t con&s;cientia.</HI> Con|&s;cience, it is knowledge with another, and our Con&s;cience is, and will be, a perpetuall witne&s;&s;e, for us, or again&s;t us; as a Father ob&s;erveth.</P>
<P><HI>Con&s;cientia, ante peccatum froenum, post peccatum flagrum.</HI> Our Con&s;ci|ence, before we do offend, is as a bri|dle, to keep us from offending, but af|ter we have offended, it is then as a whipp, continually to la&s;h, and tor|ment us, for the &s;ame: and this makes a man in all places, and in all compa|nies, full of continuall feares, his con|&s;cience ever tormenting him. And as the &s;aying is true,</P>
<Q><HI>Heu quam difficile e&s;t, crimen non prodere vultu.</HI></Q>
<P>How hard, and difficult a thing it
<PB N="32" REF="42">is, for a man not to di&s;cover his fault, and offence, even by his countenance.</P>
<P>A Father, &s;peaking of a man of an ill con&s;cience, &s;aith thus; Though he be <HI>Tutus &agrave; judicio alieno,</HI> free from the judgement of another; yet he is not <HI>Tutus &agrave; judicio &s;uo,</HI> free from his own judgement, of, and again&s;t him|&s;elf; as appeared in <HI>Iudas,</HI> &s;aying,</P>
<P>I have &s;inned,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Matthew cha.</HI> 27. <HI>ver.</HI> 4, 5.</NOTE> in that I have betray|ed innocent bloud.</P>
<P>And he ca&s;t down the pieces of &s;il|ver, in the Temple, and departed, and went, and hanged him&s;elf.</P>
</DIV1>
<DIV1 N="3" TYPE="chapter">
<PB N="33" REF="42">
<HEAD>CHAP. III. <HI>Of the Old Te&s;tament, and of the New, Or, of the Law, and of the Go|&s;pel, and of the differences between them.</HI></HEAD>
<P>FIr&s;t, <HI>Novum Te&s;tamentum, e&s;t in Veteri velatum, Vetus in Novo revelatum, ut St.</HI> Augu&s;tin.
<NOTE PLACE="marg">St. Augu&s;tin.</NOTE> The New Te&s;tament is covered, &s;hadowed, and hid, as it were under a veil, in types, and figures, in the Old Te&s;tament, But the Old Te&s;tament is manife&s;ted, and revealed in the New. Or,</P>
<P><MILESTONE N="2"> Secondly, <HI>Novum Te&s;tamentum in Veteri latet, Vetus Testamentum in Novo patet; ut St.</HI> Augu&s;tin.
<NOTE PLACE="marg">St. Augu&s;tin.</NOTE> The New Te&s;tament lieth hid in the Old, and the Old Te&s;tament is laid open in the New.</P>
<P><MILESTONE N="3"> Thirdly, In the Old Te&s;tament, we &s;ee what we are by Nature, and what duty, and performance the Law requi|reth, and exacteth from us.</P>
<P>In the New Te&s;tament, we &s;ee what we are by grace, by our new birth, be|ing regenerated, and born anew, in Chri&s;t Je&s;us, and by the gracious
<PB N="34" REF="43">working of his holy Spirit in us, we are thereby renued, and changed in our mindes, and conver&s;ations, and &s;o hereby, our naturall and corrupt be|ing by our fir&s;t birth, is turned, and changed unto a gracious and a &s;piri|tuall being, by this our &s;econd, and new birth.</P>
<P>And again, In the New Te&s;tament, we al&s;o &s;ee, what we &s;hall be after this life, in the &s;tate of glory, of happine&s;&s;e, and eternity, in the kingdome of hea|ven, purcha&s;ed for us, by the death, and pa&s;&s;ion of Chri&s;t Je&s;us, our ble&s;|&s;ed Lord and Saviour; who is gone be|fore, by his powerfull Re&s;urrection, and A&s;cen&s;ion up to Heaven, there to prepare a place, and a glorious being for us.</P>
<P>All which is very lively &s;et forth unto us in the New Te&s;tament.</P>
<P>And therefore a Father well &s;aith, That <HI>Nunquam erit in vita aeterna, cum Chri&s;to beatus, qui non e&s;t in hac vita, in Chri&s;to &s;anctus.</HI> That is, He &s;hall never be happy with Chri&s;t, in the life to come, and eternall, who is not in this life, holy and &s;anctified in Chri&s;t.</P>
<P>It is well ob&s;erved, That man hath a Threefold being, as namely;</P>
<PB N="35" REF="43">
<P><MILESTONE N="1"> Fir&s;t, <HI>E&s;&s;e naturae,</HI> a Naturall being by birth.</P>
<P><MILESTONE N="2"> Secondly, <HI>Bene e&s;&s;e gratiae,</HI> a well|being by grace, by his new birth. And</P>
<P><MILESTONE N="3"> Thirdly, <HI>Optime e&s;&s;e gloriae,</HI> his glo|rious being by death; the &s;ame being an entrance into a life of glory.</P>
<P>The&s;e three, being all of them &s;pe|cified by this en&s;uing place of Scrip|ture, <HI>&amp;c.</HI></P>
<P>Je&s;us an&s;wered, and &s;aid unto him,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>John</HI> 3.3, 5, 6 8.</NOTE> Verily I &s;ay unto thee, except a man be born again, he cannot &s;ee the king|dome of God.</P>
<P>Verily, verily, I &s;ay unto thee, ex|cept a man be born of water, and of the Spirit, he cannot enter into the kingdome of God,</P>
<P>That which is born of the fle&s;h, is fle&s;h, and that which is born of the Spirit, is &s;pirit.</P>
<P>The wind bloweth where it li&s;teth,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>John</HI> 14.2, 3.</NOTE> and thou heare&s;t the &s;ound thereof, but can&s;t not tell whence it cometh, and whither it goeth: &s;o is every one, that is born of the Spirit.</P>
<P>In my fathers hou&s;e are many man|&s;ions, I go to prepare a place for you.</P>
<P>And if I go and prepare a place for you, I will come again, and re|ceive you unto my &s;elf, that where
<PB N="36" REF="44"><HI>I</HI> am, there ye may be al&s;o.</P>
<P><MILESTONE N="4"> Fourthly,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Gen.</HI> 2.</NOTE> the Old Te&s;tament, or the law, &s;heweth unto us our mi&s;era|ble e&s;tate and condition we are in, by &s;in, and by the fall of our fir&s;t parents in Paradi&s;e.</P>
<P>The New Te&s;tament, or the Go&s;pel, &s;heweth unto us our happy e&s;tate and condition we are in, by grace, by the merits, death, and pa&s;&s;ion, Re&s;urre|ction, and a&s;cen&s;ion of our Lord and Saviour Ie&s;us Chri&s;t.</P>
<P>For now is Chri&s;t ri&s;en from the dead,
<NOTE PLACE="marg">1 <HI>Cor.</HI> 15.20, 21, 22.</NOTE> and become the fir&s;t fruits of them that &s;lept.</P>
<P>For &s;ince by man came death, by man came al&s;o the Re&s;urrection of the dead.</P>
<P>For as in <HI>Adam</HI> all die, even &s;o in Chri&s;t &s;hall all be made alive.</P>
<P>For the wages of &s;in is death,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Rom.</HI> 6.23.</NOTE> but the gift of God, is eternall life, through Ie&s;us Chri&s;t our Lord.</P>
<P>And &s;in when it is fini&s;hed,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>James</HI> 1.15.</NOTE> bring|eth forth death.</P>
<P>As by the offence of one,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Rom.</HI> 5.18, 19, 20, 21.</NOTE> Iudge|ment came upon all men, to condem|nation; even &s;o, by the righteou&s;ne&s;&s;e of one, the free gift came upon all men, unto ju&s;tification of life.</P>
<P>For as by one mans di&s;obedience,
<PB N="37" REF="44">many were made &s;inners, &s;o by the obedience of one, &s;hall many be made righteous.</P>
<P>Moreover, the Law entred, that the offence might abound: but where &s;in abounded, grace did much more a|bound.</P>
<P>That as &s;in hath reigned unto death, even &s;o might grace reign through righteou&s;ne&s;&s;e, by le&s;us Chri&s;t our Lord.</P>
<P><MILESTONE N="5"> Fifthly, In the Old Te&s;tament we have many Prophecies, and foretel|lings of Chri&s;t our Saviour to come.</P>
<P>In the new Te&s;tament, or Go&s;pel, we have the joyfull newes, and glad tidings, of the birth of our Lord and Saviour Ie&s;us Chri&s;t.</P>
<P>And hereupon one well &s;aith;</P>
<P>The Go&s;pel, or the good &s;pel, be|cau&s;e the Go&s;pel bringeth us good, and glad tidings of &s;alvation, in, and by Ie&s;us Chri&s;t.</P>
<P>And there were in the &s;ame country &s;hepheards, abiding in the field,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Luke</HI> 2.8, 9, 10, 11, 12.</NOTE> keep|ing watch over their flock by night.</P>
<P>And lo, the Angel of the Lord came upon them, and the glory of the Lord &s;hone round about them, and they were &s;ore afraid.</P>
<P>And the Angel &s;aid unto them, fear
<PB N="37" REF="45">not, for behold, I bring you good ti|dings, of great joy, which &s;hall be to all people.</P>
<P>For unto you is born this day, in the city of <HI>David,</HI> a Saviour, which is Chri&s;t the Lord.</P>
<P>And his name was called <HI>Je&s;us,</HI> which was &s;o named, of the Angel, be|fore he was conceived in the wombe.</P>
<P>Behold,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Mat.</HI> 1.20, 21, 22, 23.</NOTE> the Angel of the Lord ap|peared unto him, in a dream, &s;aying, <HI>Io&s;eph,</HI> thou &s;on of <HI>David,</HI> fear not, to take unto thee <HI>Mary</HI> thy wi&s;e, for that which is conceived in her, is of the holy Gho&s;t.</P>
<P>And &s;he &s;hall bring forth a &s;on, and thou &s;halt call his name <HI>Ie&s;us,</HI> for he &s;hall &s;ave his people from their &s;ins.</P>
<P>Now all this was done, that it might be fulfilled, which was &s;poken of the Lord, by the Prophet, &s;aying,</P>
<P>Behold,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>I&s;aiah</HI> 7.14.</NOTE> a Virgin &s;hall be with child, and &s;hall bring forth a &s;on, and &s;hall call his name <HI>Emmanuel,</HI> which being interpreted, is God with us.</P>
<P>And the word was made fle&s;h,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>John</HI> 1.14.</NOTE> and dwelt among us, and we beheld the glory, as of the onely begotten &s;on of the father, full of grace and truth.</P>
<P>Who,
<NOTE PLACE="marg">1 <HI>Pet.</HI> 1.20.</NOTE> verily, was fore-ordained, before the foundation of the world,
<PB N="39" REF="45">but was manife&s;t in the&s;e la&s;t times for you.</P>
<P>But when the fulne&s;&s;e of time was come, God &s;ent forth his &s;on, made of a woman, and made under the Law.</P>
<P>To redeem them that were under the Law,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Gal.</HI> 4.4, 5.</NOTE> that we might receive the a|doption of &s;ons.</P>
<P><MILESTONE N="6"> Sixthly, The Law tyeth us to an a|ctive obedience, and due performance of all which the Law requireth to be done by us.</P>
<P><HI>Dicit Lex, hoc fac, &amp; vive:</HI> that is, do, and perform all this which is com|manded, and live.</P>
<P>Now therefore, hearken, O I&s;rael,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Deut.</HI> 4.1, 2.</NOTE> unto the &s;tatutes, and unto the judge|ments which I teach you, for to do them, that ye may live, and go in, and po&s;&s;e&s;&s;e the land which the Lord God of your fathers giveth you.</P>
<P>Ye &s;hall not adde unto the word which I command you, neither &s;hall ye dimini&s;h ought from it, that ye may keep the commandements of the Lord your God, which I command you.</P>
<P>What thing &s;oever I command you,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Deut.</HI> 12.32.</NOTE> ob&s;erve to do it: thou &s;halt not adde thereunto, nor dimini&s;h from it.</P>
<P>Ye &s;hall do my judgements, and
<PB N="40" REF="46">keep mine ordinances,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Levit.</HI> 18.4, 5.</NOTE> to walk there|in, I am the Lord your God.</P>
<P>Ye &s;hall therefore keep my &s;tatutes,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Levit.</HI> 20.8.</NOTE> and my judgements, which if a man do, he &s;hall live in them: I am the Lord.</P>
<P>And ye &s;hall keep my &s;tatutes, and do them, I am the Lord, which &s;ancti|fie you.</P>
<P>Therefore &s;hall ye keep my com|mandements,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Levit.</HI> 22.31.</NOTE> and do them: I am the Lord.</P>
<P>But if thou wilt enter into life,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Mat.</HI> 19.17.</NOTE> keep the commandements.</P>
<P>Onely,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Jo&s;hua</HI> 1.8, 9.</NOTE> be thou couragious, that thou maye&s;t ob&s;erve to do according to all the law which <HI>Mo&s;es</HI> my &s;ervant commanded thee, turn not from it, to the right hand, or to the left, that thou maye&s;t pro&s;per whither&s;oever thou goe&s;t.</P>
<P>This book of the law &s;hall not de|part out of thy mouth, but thou &s;halt meditate therein day and night, that thou maye&s;t ob&s;erve, to do according to all that is written therein: for then thou &s;halt make thy way pro&s;perous, &amp; then thou &s;halt have good &s;ucce&s;&s;e.</P>
<P>Ye &s;hall ob&s;erve to do therefore,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Deut.</HI> 5.32, 33.</NOTE> as the Lord your God hath commanded you: Ye &s;hall not turn a&s;ide to the right hand or to the left.</P>
<PB N="41" REF="46">
<P>You &s;hall walk in all the wayes, which the Lord your God hath com|manded you, that ye may live, and that it may be well with you, and that ye may prolong your dayes in the land which ye &s;hall po&s;&s;e&s;&s;e.</P>
<P>And the Lord &s;hall make thee the head, and not the tail,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Deut.</HI> 28.13, 14.</NOTE> and thou &s;halt be above onely, and thou &s;halt not be beneath: if thou hearken unto the commandements of the Lord thy God, which I command thee this day, to ob|&s;erve, and to do them.</P>
<P>And thou &s;halt not go a&s;ide, from any of the words which I command thee this day, to the right hand, or to to the left, to go after other gods, to &s;erve them.</P>
<P>For not the hearers of the law,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Rom.</HI> 2.13.</NOTE> are ju&s;t before God, but doers of the Law &s;hall be ju&s;tified.</P>
<P>And I gave them my &s;tatutes,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Ezek.</HI> 20.11.</NOTE> and &s;hewed them my judgements, which if a man do, he &s;hall even live in them.</P>
<P>For <HI>Mo&s;es</HI> de&s;cribeth the righte|ou&s;ne&s;&s;e of the Law:
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Rom.</HI> 10.5.</NOTE> which is of the Law, that the man which doth tho&s;e things, &s;hall live by them.</P>
<P>For as many as are of the works of the Law, are under the cur&s;e:
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Gal.</HI> 3.10, 12.</NOTE> for it is written, Cur&s;ed is every one that con|tinueth
<PB N="42" REF="47">not in all things which are written in the book of the Law, to do them.</P>
<P>And the Law is not of faith, but the man that doth them, &s;hall live in them.</P>
<P>Cur&s;ed be he that confirmeth not all the words of this Law to do them:
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Deut.</HI> 27.26.</NOTE> and all the people &s;hall &s;ay Amen.</P>
<P>The Go&s;pel tyeth us onely to believe aright in God, and in his &s;on, our Lord and Saviour Je&s;us Chri&s;t. The Go&s;pel onely looks upon the eye of our faith, that we believe the promi&s;es of God made unto us in Chri&s;t Je&s;us, and that we lay hold on him &amp; make particular application of the benefits of his &s;uf|ferings, death and pa&s;sion, Re&s;urrecton, and a&s;cen&s;ion, unto our &s;ouls, by a true and lively faith. And this is all we are commanded and enjoyned to do and perform by the Go&s;pel and New Te|&s;tament.</P>
<P>Whereupon, it was well &s;aid by one, <HI>Dicit Evangelium, Crede hoc, &amp; vive;</HI> that is, Onely believe all this, and thou &s;halt live.</P>
<P>He that believeth,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Mark.</HI> 16.16.</NOTE> and is baptized, &s;hall be &s;aved, but he that believeth not, &s;hall be damned.</P>
<P>And he &s;aid unto her,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Luke</HI> 8.48.</NOTE> Daughter, be of good comfort, thy faith hath made thee whole, go in peace.</P>
<PB N="43" REF="47">
<P>Straightway,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Mark</HI> 9.24.</NOTE> the father of the child cried out, and &s;aid with tears, Lord, I believe, help mine unbelief.</P>
<P>And a woman having an i&s;&s;ue of bloud twelve yeares,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Luke</HI> 8.43, 44.</NOTE> which had &s;pent all her living upon Phy&s;icians, neither could be healed of any,</P>
<P>Came behind him, and touched the border of his garment, and immediate|ly her i&s;&s;ue of bloud &s;tenched.</P>
<P>For &s;he &s;aid within her &s;elf,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Matthew</HI> 9.21.</NOTE> if I may but touch his garment, I &s;hall be whole.</P>
<P>And Je&s;us &s;aid, who touched me?
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Luke</HI> 8.45, 46.</NOTE> when all denied, <HI>Peter</HI> and they that were with him, &s;aid, The multitude throng thee, and pre&s;s thee, and &s;aye&s;t thou who touched me?</P>
<P>And Ie&s;us &s;aid, Some body hath touched me, for I perceive, that vertue is gone out of me.</P>
<P>And when the woman &s;aw that &s;he was not hid, &s;he came trembling,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Luke</HI> 8.47, 48</NOTE> and falling down before him, &s;he declared unto him before all the people, for what cau&s;e &s;he had touched him, and how &s;he was healed immediately.</P>
<P>But Ie&s;us turned him about,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Matth.</HI> 9.22.</NOTE> and when he &s;aw her, he &s;aid, Daughter, be of good comfort, thy faith hath made thee whole: and the woman was made whole, from that houre.</P>
<PB N="44" REF="48">
<P>Hereupon St.
<NOTE PLACE="marg">St. Augu&s;tin.</NOTE> <HI>Augu&s;tin</HI> ob&s;erveth thus much upon this place.;</P>
<P><HI>Cum de morbo, in morbum, labora&s;&s;et, cum de morbo de&s;perato, tunc acce&s;sit, tetigit, &amp; &s;anata est.</HI> When &s;he la|boured of a great di&s;ea&s;e, and of &s;uch a di&s;ea&s;e, that was even de&s;perate, then, even then &s;he came unto our Sa|viour Ie&s;us Chri&s;t, &s;he touched the hemme of his garment, and &s;he was immediately healed, and made whole.</P>
<P>And again, as touching the words of Chri&s;t, (who hath touched me?)</P>
<P><HI>Cum omnes te tangunt indifferenter, quomodo quaeris quis &s;pecialiter te tan|git?</HI> as one ob&s;erveth. When all men do alike indifferently touch thee, wherefore do&s;t thou enquire, and ask, who harh &s;pecially touched thee.</P>
<P>Thus, and in this manner, <HI>tangere Chri&s;tum,</HI> to touch Chri&s;t, as a Father well ob&s;erveth, this was <HI>tactus fidei,</HI> the touch of her faith.</P>
<P>And he &s;aid unto her,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Luke</HI> 8.48.</NOTE> Daughter, be of good comfort, thy faith hath made thee whole, go in peace.</P>
<P>St.
<NOTE PLACE="marg">S. Augu&s;tin.</NOTE> <HI>Augu&s;tine</HI> upon this former place, &s;heweth two rea&s;ons, why Chri&s;t our Saviour, u&s;ed this (before-recited) form of &s;peech.</P>
<P><MILESTONE N="1"> <HI>Prime, ut mulierem ad confe&s;sionem
<PB N="45" REF="48">traheret.</HI> Fir&s;t, that he might hereby draw the woman to a confe&s;&s;ion, of what &s;he had done, and for what cau&s;e &s;he did it.</P>
<P><MILESTONE N="2"> <HI>Secundo, ut timorem mulierit pro|baret.</HI> Secondly, that he might here|by prove the fear, and try the faith of the woman.</P>
<P>And he &s;aid to the woman,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Luke</HI> 7.50.</NOTE> thy faith hath &s;aved thee, go in peace.</P>
<P>And &s;aid unto him, Ari&s;e, go thy way, thy faith hath made thee whole.</P>
<P>This &s;poken to the <HI>Samaritan,</HI>
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Luke</HI> 17.19.</NOTE> a le|per, being clean&s;ed, and returned to give thanks.</P>
<P>And Ie&s;us &s;aid unto him,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Luke</HI> 18.42.</NOTE> Receive thy &s;ight, thy faith hath &s;aved thee.</P>
<P>But as many as received him,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>John</HI> 17.12.</NOTE> to them gave he power to become the &s;ons of God, even to them that believe on his name.</P>
<P>And as <HI>Mo&s;es</HI> lifted up the &s;erpent in the wilderne&s;&s;e;
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>John</HI> 3.14, 15.</NOTE> even &s;o mu&s;t the &s;on of man be lifted up.</P>
<P>That who&s;oever believeth in him, &s;hould not peri&s;h, but have eternall life.</P>
<P>God &s;o loved the world,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>John</HI> 3.16, 17, 36.</NOTE> that he gave his onely begotten &s;on, that who|&s;oever believeth in him, &s;hould not peri&s;h, but have eternall life.</P>
<PB N="46" REF="49">
<P>For God &s;ent not his &s;on into the world, to condemn the world: but that the world through him might be &s;aved.</P>
<P>He that believeth on the Son,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>John</HI> 11.25, 26.</NOTE> hath life everla&s;ting: and he that belie|veth not the &s;on, &s;hall not &s;ee life; but the wrath of God abideth on him.</P>
<P>Ie&s;us &s;aid, I am the re&s;urrection, and the life: he that believeth in me, though he were dead, yet &s;hall he live.</P>
<P>And who&s;oever liveth, and believeth in me, &s;hall never die.</P>
<P>To him give all the Prophets wit|ne&s;&s;e,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Acts</HI> 10.43.</NOTE> that through his name, who&s;o|ever believeth in him, &s;hall receive remi&s;&s;ion of &s;ins.</P>
<P>Be it known unto you therefore,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Acts</HI> 13.38, 39.</NOTE> men, and brethren, that through this man is preached unto you, the forgive|ne&s;&s;e of &s;ins.</P>
<P>And by him, all that believe are ju|&s;tified, from all things, from which ye could not be ju&s;tified by the Law of <HI>Mo&s;es</HI></P>
<P>And we believe,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Acts</HI> 15.11.</NOTE> that through the grace of the Lord Ie&s;us Chri&s;t, we &s;hall be &s;aved.</P>
<P>And they &s;aid,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Acts.</HI> 16.41.</NOTE> Believe on the Lord Ie&s;us Chri&s;t, and thou &s;halt be &s;aved, and thy hou&s;e.</P>
<PB N="47" REF="49">
<P>For I am not a&s;hamed of the Go|&s;pel of Chri&s;t,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Rom.</HI> 1.16, 17, 18.</NOTE> for it is the power of God, unto &s;alvation, to every one that believeth.</P>
<P>For therein is the righteou&s;ne&s;&s;e of God revealed, from faith to faith: as it is written,</P>
<P>The ju&s;t &s;hall live by faith.</P>
<P>But the ju&s;t &s;hall live by his faith.
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Habakkuk</HI> 2.4. <HI>Hebrews</HI> 10.38. <HI>Gal.</HI> 3.11.</NOTE></P>
<P>Now the ju&s;t &s;hall live by faith.</P>
<P>But that no man is ju&s;tified by the Law, in the &s;ight of God, it is evident: for the ju&s;t &s;hall live by faith.</P>
<P>But the Scripture hath concluded all, under &s;in,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Gal.</HI> 3 22, 23.</NOTE> that the promi&s;e by faith of Chri&s;t Ie&s;us, might be given to them that believe.</P>
<P>But before faith came, we were kept under the law, &s;hut up unto the faith, which &s;hould afterwards be revealed.</P>
<P>By the deeds of the law,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Rom.</HI> 3.20, 21, 22.</NOTE> there &s;hall no fle&s;h be ju&s;tified in his fight, for by the Law is the knowledge of &s;in.</P>
<P>But now, the righteou&s;ne&s;&s;e of God, without the Law, is manife&s;ted by the Law and the prophets.</P>
<P>Even the righteou&s;ne&s;&s;e of God, which is by faith of Ie&s;us Chri&s;t unto all, and upon all that believe.</P>
<P>For all have &s;inned,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Rom.</HI> 3.23, 24, 25, 26.</NOTE> and come &s;hort of the glory of God.</P>
<PB N="48" REF="50">
<P>Being ju&s;tified freely by his grace, through the redemption that is in Chri&s;t Ie&s;us.</P>
<P>Whom God hath &s;et forth to be a propitiation, through faith in his bloud, to declare his righteou&s;ne&s;s for the remi&s;sion of &s;ins that are pa&s;t, through the forbearance of God.</P>
<P>That he might be ju&s;t, and the ju&s;ti|fier of him which believeth in Ie&s;us.</P>
<P>To him that worketh nor,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Rom.</HI> 4.5.</NOTE> but be|liveth on him that ju&s;tifieth the un|godly, his faith is counted for righte|ou&s;ne&s;&s;e.</P>
<P>Being ju&s;tified by faith,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Rom.</HI> 5.1, 2.</NOTE> we have peace with God, through our Lord Ie&s;us Chri&s;t.</P>
<P>By whom al&s;o we have acce&s;&s;e by faith, into this grace, wherein we &s;tand, and rejoyce in hope of the glory of God.</P>
<P>There is therefore now no condem|nation to them which are in Chri&s;t Ie&s;us.
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Rem.</HI> 8.1, 2.</NOTE></P>
<P>Who walk not after the fle&s;h, but after the &s;pirit.</P>
<P>For the Law of the &s;pirit of life in Chri&s;t Ie&s;us, hath made me free from the l<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="MURP" EXTENT="1 letter">w of &s;in and death.</P>
<P>For Chri&s;t is the end of the law,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Rom.</HI> 10.4.</NOTE> for righteou&s;ne&s;s to every one that belie|veth.</P>
<PB N="49" REF="50">
<P>The Word is nigh thee, even in thy mouth and in thy heart,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Rom.</HI> 10.8, 9, 10, 11.</NOTE> that is the Word of Faith, which we preach.</P>
<P>That if thou &s;halt confe&s;s with thy mouth, the Lord Ie&s;us, and &s;halt be|lieve in thy heart that God hath rai|&s;ed him from the dead, thou &s;halt be &s;aved.</P>
<P>For with the heart man believeth unto righteou&s;ne&s;s, and with the mouth Confe&s;&s;ion is made unto &s;al|vation.</P>
<P>For the Scripture &s;aith, Who&s;oever believeth on him &s;hall not be a&s;ha|med.</P>
<P>What&s;oever is not of Faith,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Rom.</HI> 14.23.</NOTE> is &s;in.</P>
<P>And who&s;oever believeth on him &s;hall not be a&s;hamed.
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Rom.</HI> 9.33.</NOTE></P>
<P>It plea&s;ed God,
<NOTE PLACE="marg">1 <HI>Cor.</HI> 1.21.</NOTE> by the fooli&s;hne&s;s of preaching, to &s;ave them that be|lieve.</P>
<P>For we walk by faith,
<NOTE PLACE="marg">2 <HI>Cor.</HI> 5.7.</NOTE> not by &s;ight.</P>
<P>I live, yet not I,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Gal.</HI> 2.20.</NOTE> but Chri&s;t liveth in me, and the life which I now live in the fle&s;h, I live, by the faith of the Son of God, who loved me, and gave him&s;elf for me.</P>
<P>They which be of faith are ble&s;&s;ed,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Gal.</HI> 3.9, 26.</NOTE>
<PB N="50" REF="51">with faithfull <HI>Abraham.</HI></P>
<P>For ye are all the Children of God, by faith in Chri&s;t Ie&s;us.</P>
<P>In whom al&s;o,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Ephe&s;.</HI> 1.13, 14.</NOTE> after that ye be|lieved, ye were &s;ealed with that holy Spirit of Promi&s;e; which is the earne&s;t of our Inheritance.</P>
<P>For by Grace are ye &s;aved through Faith,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Ephe&s;.</HI> 2.8.</NOTE> and not of your &s;elves; it is the gift of God.</P>
<P>For if we believe that Je&s;us died and ro&s;e again,
<NOTE PLACE="marg">1 <HI>The&s;&s;.</HI> 4.14.</NOTE> even &s;o them al&s;o which &s;leep in Je&s;us, will God bring with him.</P>
<P>Above all things take the &s;hield of Faith.</P>
<P>Wherewith ye &s;hall be able to quench all the fiery Darts of the wic|ked.
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Ephe&s;.</HI> 1.16, 17.</NOTE></P>
<P>Watch ye,
<NOTE PLACE="marg">1 <HI>Cor.</HI> 16.13.</NOTE> &s;tand fa&s;t in the Faith, quit you like men, be &s;trong.</P>
<P>And to whom &s;wore he,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Heb.</HI> 3.18, 19</NOTE> that they &s;hould not enter into his re&s;t, but to them that believed not?</P>
<P>So we &s;ee, that they could not en|ter in, becau&s;e of unbelief.</P>
<P>Let us draw near with a true heart,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Heb.</HI> 10.22.23</NOTE> in full a&s;&s;urance of Faith, having our hearts &s;prinkled from an evill Con&s;ci|ence, and our Bodies wa&s;hed with pure water.</P>
<PB N="51" REF="51">
<P>Let us hold fa&s;t the Profe&s;&s;ion of our Faith, without wavering, for he is faithfull that promi&s;ed.</P>
<P>Now Faith is the &s;ub&s;tance of things hoped for,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Heb.</HI> 11.1.</NOTE> the evidence of things not &s;een.</P>
<P>But without Faith it is impo&s;&s;ible to plea&s;e him,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Heb.</HI> 11.6.</NOTE> for he that commeth to God, mu&s;t believe, that he is; and that he is a rewarder of them that diligently &s;eek him.</P>
<P>The whole Chapter being &s;pecial in&s;tances of Faith,
<NOTE PLACE="marg">Of the great Power of faith.</NOTE> in the true Ser|vants of God, who &s;hewed the pow|erfullne&s;&s;e of Faith in general, and of their Faith in particular.</P>
<P>Looking unto Je&s;us,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Heb.</HI> 12.2.</NOTE> the Author and fini&s;her of our Faith.</P>
<P>Receiving the end of your Faith,
<NOTE PLACE="marg">1 <HI>Pet.</HI> 1.9, 20.</NOTE> even the &s;alvation of your Souls.</P>
<P>Who by him, do believe in God that rai&s;ed him from the dead, and gave him glory; that your faith and hope might be in God.</P>
<P>Be thou faithfull unto the death,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Rev.</HI> 2.10.</NOTE> and I will give thee the Crown of life.</P>
<P>Hence is the patience of the Saints:
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Rev.</HI> 14.12.</NOTE> here are they, that keep that Com|mandements of God, and the faith of Ie&s;us.</P>
<PB N="52" REF="52">
<P><MILESTONE N="7"> Seventhly. Again, <HI>Chri&s;tus in vete|ri Te&s;tamaento e&s;t velatus, Sed in novo Testamento Chri&s;tus e&s;t nobis reve|latus.</HI></P>
<P>Chri&s;t in the Old Te&s;tament was hid and covered, as it were under a veil, and was only &s;hadowed out un|to us:</P>
<P>But in the New Te&s;tament, Chri&s;t is there mani&s;e&s;tly revealed unto us, and the veil of the old Te&s;tament, by him taken away.
<NOTE PLACE="marg">2 <HI>Cor.</HI> 3.13, 14, 15.</NOTE></P>
<P>And not as <HI>Mo&s;es,</HI> which put a veil over his face, that the Children of <HI>I&s;|rael</HI> could not &s;tedfa&s;tly look to the end of that which is aboli&s;hed.</P>
<P>But their minds were blinded: for un|till this day remaineth the &s;ame veil untaken away in the reading of the old Te&s;tament: which veil is done a|way in Chri&s;t.</P>
<P>But even to this day, when <HI>Mo&s;es</HI> is read, the veil is upon their hearts.</P>
<P>Neverthele&s;s, where they &s;hall turn to the Lord, the veil &s;hall be taken away.</P>
<P>And without controver&s;ie,
<NOTE PLACE="marg">1 <HI>Tim.</HI> 3.16.</NOTE> great is the my&s;tery of Godline&s;s, God was manife&s;t in the fle&s;h, ju&s;tified in the Spirit, &s;een of Angels, preached unto the Gentiles, believed on in the world, and received up into glory.</P>
<PB N="53" REF="52">
<P>In the beginning was the Word,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Iohn</HI> 1.1, 2, 14.</NOTE> and the Word was with God.</P>
<P>And the &s;ame was in the beginning with God.
<NOTE PLACE="marg">1 <HI>Iohn</HI> 1.1, 2, 3, 4.</NOTE></P>
<P>And the Word was made fle&s;h, and dwelt among us, and we beheld his glory, the glory, as of the only be|gotten Son of the Father, full of grace and truth.</P>
<P>That which was from the begin|ning, which we have heard, which we have &s;een with our eyes, which we have looked upon, and our hands have handled of the word of life.</P>
<P>For the Life was manife&s;ted, and we have &s;een it, and bear witne&s;s, and &s;hew unto you, that eternall life, which was with the Father, and was manife&s;ted unto us.</P>
<P>That which we have &s;een, and heard declare we unto you, that ye al&s;o might have fellow&s;hip with us: and truly our fellow&s;hip is with the Fa|ther, and with his Son Ie&s;us Chri&s;t.</P>
<P>And the&s;e things write we unto you, that your joy may be full.
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Exod.</HI> 20.2.</NOTE></P>
<P><MILESTONE N="8"> Eighthly, Again in the old Te&s;tament, we have the Law given by <HI>Mo&s;es.</HI></P>
<P>But in the new Te&s;tament, we have Grace and Mercy brought unto us, by Chri&s;t Ie&s;us.</P>
<PB N="54" REF="53">
<P>And of all his fulne&s;s have all we received,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Iohn</HI> 1.16.</NOTE> and grace for grace.</P>
<P>For the Law was given by <HI>Mo&s;es,</HI>
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Iohn</HI> 1.17.</NOTE> but grace and truth came by Ie&s;us Chri&s;t.</P>
<P><MILESTONE N="9"> Ninthly, Again, by the Law, we have the knowledge of Sin, and of Gods cur&s;e, which followed thereup|on, and of the Iudgements denounced again&s;t &s;inners: and that not only of a death temporal, but even of a death eternal, both of body and &s;oul.</P>
<P>And the Lord God took the Man,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Gen.</HI> 2.15, 16, 17.</NOTE> and put him into the Garden of <HI>E|den,</HI> to dre&s;s it, and to keep it.</P>
<P>And the Lord God commanded the Man, &s;aying, of every Tree of the Garden, thou maye&s;t freely eat.</P>
<P>But of the Tree of knowledg of good and evill, thou &s;halt not eat of it: for in the day that thou eate&s;t thereof thou &s;halt &s;urely die.</P>
<P>And unto <HI>Adam</HI> he &s;aid,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Gen.</HI> 3.17, 19.</NOTE> becau&s;e thou ha&s;t hearkned unto the voice of thy Wife, and ha&s;t eaten of the Tree of which I commanded thee, &s;ay|ing, Thou &s;halt not eat of it;</P>
<P>Cur&s;ed is the Ground, for thy &s;ake, in &s;orrow &s;halt thou eat of it, all the daies of thy life.</P>
<P>In the &s;weat of thy face &s;halt thou
<PB N="55" REF="53">eat bread till thou return unto the ground; for out of it was thou taken: for Du&s;t thou art, and unto Du&s;t &s;halt thou return.</P>
<P>For the wages of &s;in is death.
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Rom.</HI> 6.23.</NOTE></P>
<P>For when we were in the fle&s;h,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Rom.</HI> 7.5.</NOTE> the motions of &s;in, which were by the Law, did work in our members, to bring forth fruit unto death.</P>
<P>What &s;hall I &s;ay then?
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Rom.</HI> 7.7, 8, 9 10, 11.</NOTE> is the Law &s;in? God forbid, Nay I had not known &s;in, but by the Law, for I had not known Lu&s;t, except the Law had &s;aid, Thou &s;halt not covet.</P>
<P>But &s;in taking occa&s;ion by the Com|mandement, wrought in me all man|ner of concupi&s;cence, for without the Law, &s;in was dead.</P>
<P>For I was alive without the Law once, but when the Commandement came, &s;in revived, and I died.</P>
<P>And the Commandement which was ordaiued to life, I found to be unto death.</P>
<P>For Sin, taking occa&s;ion by the Commandement, deceived me, and by it &s;lew me.</P>
<P>But by the Go&s;pel, we have the knowledge of the free Pardon and full forgivene&s;s of our Sins, purcha&s;ed for us, by the death and pa&s;&s;ion of Chri&s;t
<PB N="56" REF="54">our Saviour, and conferred unto us, by his grace and favour, he un|dergoing the full vial of Gods wrath, and judgement denounced again&s;t &s;in and Sinners, even the whole cur&s;e of the Law, he endu|red for us, who died for our Sins, and ro&s;e again for our ju&s;tifica|tion, that we &s;hould dye unto &s;in, and live unto righteou&s;ne&s;s.
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Rom.</HI> 5.6, 8.</NOTE></P>
<P>For then when we were yet with|out &s;trength, in due time Chri&s;t died for the ungodly.</P>
<P>God commendeth his love towards us, in that while we were Sinners, Chri&s;t died for us.</P>
<P>Who was delivered for our Offen|ces,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Rom.</HI> 4.25.</NOTE> and was rai&s;ed again, for our ju&s;ti|fication.</P>
<P>Much more then, being now ju&s;ti|fied by his blood,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Rom.</HI> 5.9.</NOTE> we &s;hall be &s;aved from wrath through him.</P>
<P>For if when we were enemies,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Rom.</HI> 5.10.</NOTE> we were reconciled to God, by the death of his Son, much more be|ing reconciled, we &s;hall be &s;aved by his life.</P>
<P>Who was delivered for our offen|ces,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Rom.</HI> 4.2.</NOTE> and was rai&s;ed again for our ju&s;ti|fication.</P>
<P>O Death where is thy &s;ting? O
<PB N="57" REF="54">Grave where is thy victory?
<NOTE PLACE="marg">1 <HI>Cor.</HI> 15.55, 56, 57.</NOTE></P>
<P>The &s;ting of Death is Sin, and the &s;trength of Sin is the Law.</P>
<P>But thanks be unto God, which gi|veth us the victory, through our Lord Ie&s;us Chri&s;t.</P>
<P>Who, his own &s;elf bare our &s;ins,
<NOTE PLACE="marg">1 <HI>Pet.</HI> 2.24.</NOTE> in his own body, on the Tree, that we being dead to &s;in, &s;hould live unto righteou&s;ne&s;s, by who&s;e &s;tripes ye were healed.</P>
<P>But he was wounded for our tran&s;|gre&s;sions,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>I&s;aiah</HI> 53.5, 6.</NOTE> he was brui&s;ed for our ini|quities, the cha&s;ti&s;ement of our Peace was upon him, and with his &s;tripes are we healed.</P>
<P>All we, like &s;heep, have gone a&s;tray, we have turned every one to his own way, and the Lord hath laid on him the iniquity of us all.</P>
<P>If God be for us,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Rom.</HI> 8.31, 32.</NOTE> who can be again&s;t us.</P>
<P>He that &s;pared not his own &s;on, but delivered him up for us all: how &s;hall he not with him al&s;o freely give us all things?</P>
<P>Who &s;hall lay any thing to the charge of Gods elect?
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Rom.</HI> 8.33, 34.</NOTE> it is God that ju&s;tifyeth.</P>
<P>Who is he that condemneth? it is Chri&s;t that died, yea rather, that
<PB N="58" REF="55">is ri&s;en again, who is even at the right hand of God, who al&s;o maketh inter|ce&s;&s;ion for us.</P>
<P>Chri&s;t hath delivered us from the cur&s;e of the Law,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Gal.</HI> 3.13.</NOTE> being made a cur&s;e for us. For it is written, Cur&s;ed is every one that hangeth on a Tree.</P>
<P>For he that is hanged,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Deut.</HI> 21.23.</NOTE> is accur&s;ed of God.</P>
<P>Tenthly, Again, the Law was as our School-ma&s;ter, to bring us un|to Chri&s;t, to &s;hew us the way to him, and to direct us therein a|right.</P>
<P>But the Go&s;pel bringeth Chri&s;t him|&s;elf unto us, who is the way, the truth, and the life, offering of him&s;elf, to be received by us, by a true and lively faith:</P>
<P>Wherefore the Law was our Schoolma&s;ter, to bring us unto Chri&s;t, that we might be ju&s;tified by Faith.</P>
<P>But after that Faith is come,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Ga.</HI> 3.24, 25.</NOTE> we are no longer under a Schoolma|&s;ter.</P>
<P>For ye are all the Children of God, by faith,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Iohn</HI> 14.1, 6.</NOTE> in Chri&s;t Ie&s;us.</P>
<P>Let not your hearts be troubled, ye believe in God, believe al&s;o in me.</P>
<PB N="59" REF="55">
<P>Ie&s;us &s;aith, I am the way, the truth, and the life: no man commeth unto the Father, but by me.</P>
<P>Upon which place St. <HI>Chry&s;ostome</HI> thus di&s;cour&s;eth.</P>
<P><HI>Quo vis ire? ego &s;um via.</HI>
<NOTE PLACE="marg">S. Chry&s;o&s;tom</NOTE></P>
<P><HI>Quid vis &s;cire? ego &s;um veritas.</HI></P>
<P><HI>Ubi vis manere? ego &s;um vita.</HI></P>
<P>Whither wilt thou go? I am the way.</P>
<P>What would'&s;t thou know,? I am the Truth.</P>
<P>Where would'&s;t thou remain? I am the Life.</P>
<P>And again St. <HI>Bernard,</HI> upon this place &s;aith,
<NOTE PLACE="marg">S. Bernard.</NOTE></P>
<P>I am the way which leadeth to the Truth.</P>
<P>I am the Truth, that promi&s;e Life.</P>
<P>I am the life, which I lay down for the life of the World. And again,</P>
<P><HI>Clamat errantibus, ego &s;um via.</HI>
<NOTE PLACE="marg">S. Bernard.</NOTE></P>
<P><HI>Clamat dubitantibus, ego &s;um veritas.</HI></P>
<P><HI>Clamat Lace&s;centibus, ego &s;um vita.</HI></P>
<P>Chri&s;t is the way for us to walk.</P>
<P>Truth, us to direct; And</P>
<P>Life, us to refre&s;h.</P>
<P>And again St. <HI>Ambro&s;e</HI> upon this place, &s;aith.</P>
<P><HI>Ambulare vis? ego &s;um via.</HI></P>
<P><HI>Falli non vis? ego &s;um veritas.</HI></P>
<P><HI>Mori non vis? ego &s;um vita.</HI></P>
<P><HI>Non e&s;t qua eas, Ni&s;i per me.</HI>
<NOTE PLACE="marg">S. Ambro</NOTE></P>
<PB N="60" REF="56">
<P><HI>Non e&s;t quo eas, Ni&s;i ad me.</HI></P>
<P><HI>Surge igitur O homo, quiae</HI></P>
<P><HI>Via, vita, &amp; veritas, veniunt at te.</HI></P>
<P>Wilt thou walk? then I am the way.</P>
<P>Wilt thou not be deceived? then I am the Truth.</P>
<P>Wilt thou not die, then I am the life.</P>
<P>There is no way in which thou can&s;t walk, but by me only.</P>
<P>There is no way whither thou can&s;t go, but only to me.</P>
<P>Ari&s;e therefore O man, and that &s;peedily, becau&s;e,</P>
<P>The way, the life, and the truth do come unto thee.</P>
<P>And again St. <HI>Bernard</HI> upon the&s;e words of the Evangeli&s;t <HI>Iohn</HI> 14.6.</P>
<P><HI>Chri&s;tus e&s;t via,</HI>
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>S. Bernard. Io.</HI> 14.6.</NOTE> <HI>veritas, vita.</HI></P>
<P>Chri&s;t is the way, the truth, and the life.</P>
<P><HI>Chri&s;tus e&s;t via, &s;ine errore.</HI></P>
<P><HI>Veritas, &s;ine fal&s;itate.</HI></P>
<P><HI>Vita, &s;ine morte.</HI></P>
<P>And again,
<NOTE PLACE="marg">S. Bernard.</NOTE> <HI>Chri&s;tus e&s;t Via in ex|emple, Ut homo.</HI></P>
<P><HI>Veritas in promi&s;is.</HI></P>
<P><HI>Vita in remnneratione, ut Deus.</HI></P>
<P>Chri&s;t is the way, without error.</P>
<P>The truth, without fal&s;hood.</P>
<P>The life, without death.</P>
<P>Again Chri&s;t is The way, in his
<PB N="61" REF="56">example, as he was man.</P>
<P>The truth in his promi&s;es.</P>
<P>And the life, in his free be&s;towing thereof on us, as he is God.</P>
<P>And again St. <HI>Augu&s;tin</HI> upon the&s;e words &s;aith.</P>
<P><HI>Errare non vis? ego &s;um via.</HI>
<NOTE PLACE="marg">St. <HI>Augu&s;t.</HI></NOTE></P>
<P><HI>Decipi non vis? ego &s;um &s;eritas.</HI></P>
<P><HI>Mori non vis? ego &s;um vita.</HI></P>
<P>Wilt thou not erre? then I am the way.</P>
<P>Wilt thou not be deceived? then I am the truth.</P>
<P>Wilt thou not die? then I am the life.</P>
<P>From hence, St.
<NOTE PLACE="marg">St. <HI>Bernard.</HI></NOTE> <HI>Bernards</HI> fourfold <HI>Venite</HI> is very ob&s;ervable. Shewing us the difference, between the call of the Devil and his In&s;truments, inviting us to follow them, and what reward they promi&s;e their followers for &s;o do|ing. And the call of Chri&s;t our Savi|our, and his invitation of us to fol|low him; and what he promi&s;eth us, for our &s;o doing.</P>
<P><HI>Dicit mundus venite,</HI>
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>S.</HI> Bernard.</NOTE> <HI>et ego Inficiam</HI></P>
<P><HI>Dicit caro, venite, et ego Illiciam.</HI></P>
<P><HI>Dicit daemon, venite, et ego interficiam.</HI></P>
<P><HI>Dicit Chri&s;tus, ventte, et ego reficiam.</HI></P>
<P>The World &s;aith to us, come and follow me, and my reward is this, I will infect you.</P>
<PB N="62" REF="57">
<P>The fle&s;h &s;aith to us, come and fol|low me, and my reward is this, I will intice, and allure you to ill.</P>
<P>The Devil &s;aith to us, come and fol|low me, and my reward is this, I will de&s;troy you, both body and &s;oul in hel.</P>
<P>But Chri&s;t &s;aith to us, come and follow me, and my reward is this, I will new make you, and &s;upply all your defects what&s;oever.</P>
<P>Come unto me all ye that labour,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Mat.</HI> 11.28, 29, 30.</NOTE> and are heavy laden, and I will give you re&s;t.</P>
<P>Take my Yoak upon you, and learn of me, for I am meek and lowly in heart: and ye &s;hall find re&s;t unto your &s;ouls.</P>
<P>For my yoke is ea&s;ie, and my bur|den is light.</P>
<P>For this is the love of God,
<NOTE PLACE="marg">1 <HI>Io.</HI> 5.3.</NOTE> that we keep his Commandements, and his Commandements are not grievous.</P>
<P>And we know,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Rom.</HI> 8.28.</NOTE> that all things work together for good to them that love God, to them who are called accord|ing to his purpo&s;e.</P>
<P>For whom he did foreknow,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Rom.</HI> 8.29, 30.</NOTE> he al&s;o did prede&s;tinate to be conformed to the image of his Son, that he might be the fir&s;t born among many brethren. Moreover, whom he did prede&s;tinate,
<PB N="63" REF="57">them he al&s;o called: and whom he called, them he al&s;o ju&s;tified, and whom he ju&s;tified, them he al&s;o glorified.</P>
<P>Ble&s;&s;ed be the God and Father of our Lord Ie&s;us Chri&s;t,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Ephe&s;.</HI> 1.3, 4, 5, 7, 9.</NOTE> who hath ble&s;&s;ed us with all &s;piritual ble&s;&s;ings in heavenly places in Chri&s;t.</P>
<P>According as he hath cho&s;en us in in him, before the foundation of the World, that we &s;hould be holy, and without blame before him in love.</P>
<P>Having prede&s;tinated us unto the adoption of children, by Ie&s;us Chri&s;t, to him&s;elf, according to the good plea&s;ure of his Will.</P>
<P>In whom we have redemption, through his bloud, the forgivene&s;s of &s;ins, according to the riches of his grace.</P>
<P>Having made known unto us the my&s;tery of his will, according to his good plea&s;ure, which he hath purpo|&s;ed in him&s;elf.</P>
<P>That in the di&s;pen&s;ation of the ful|ne&s;s of times he might gather together in one, all things in Chri&s;t, both which are in heaven, and which are on earth, even in him.</P>
<P>In whom al&s;o we have obtained an inheritance,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Ephe&s;.</HI> 1.11, 12, 13, 14.</NOTE> being prede&s;tinated ac|cording to the purpo&s;e of him who
<PB N="64" REF="58">worketh all things after the Coun&s;ell of his own will.</P>
<P>That we &s;hould be to the prai&s;e of his glory, who fir&s;t tru&s;ted in Chri&s;t.</P>
<P>In whom ye al&s;o tru&s;ted after that ye heard the word of Truth, the Go|&s;pel of your &s;alvation. In whom al&s;o after that ye beleeved, ye were &s;ealed with the holy Spirit of promi&s;e, which is the earne&s;t of our Inheritance, un|till the redemption of the purcha&s;ed po&s;&s;e&s;&s;ion, unto the prai&s;e of his glo|ry.</P>
<P>According to his mercy,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Tit.</HI> 3.5, 6.7.</NOTE> he &s;aved us, by the wa&s;hing of regeneration, and renewing of the holy Gho&s;t, which he &s;hed on us aboundantly through Je&s;us Chri&s;t, our Saviour.</P>
<P>That being ju&s;tiffed by his Grace, we &s;hould be made heirs, according to the hope of eternal life.</P>
<P>So then,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Rom.</HI> 9.16.</NOTE> it is not of him that wil|leth, nor of him that runneth, but of God that &s;heweth mercy.</P>
<P>From the&s;e before-ment oned pla|ces of Scripture it doth appear un|to us for our comfort, that God doth hereby manife&s;t unto us his free grace and bounty, in the means of our &s;alvation, and that for the better grounding of our
<PB N="65" REF="58">faith herein, he ob&s;erveth this cour&s;e: as namely;</P>
<P><MILESTONE N="1"> Fir&s;t, <HI>Noseligere, ordinare, &amp; prae|de&s;tinare ad &s;alvationem in prae&s;cientia &s;ua divina, &amp; aeterna;</HI> To choo&s;e, ordain, and prede&s;tinate us unto &s;al|vation, in his divine and eternall fore|knowledge.</P>
<P><MILESTONE N="2"> Secondly, <HI>Nos in&s;pirare, renovare, &amp; illuminare per Spiritum &s;uum &s;acro|&s;anctum;</HI> To in&s;pire, to renew, and to illuminate us, by the heavenly opera|tion of his holy Spirit in us.</P>
<P><MILESTONE N="3"> Thirdly, <HI>Nos ligare, trahere, diri|gere, stabilire, &amp; adificare per verbum &s;uum divenum, &amp; per &s;acramenta &s;ua &s;acra;</HI> To biud, draw, direct, e&s;ta|bli&s;h, and build us up in the heavenly building, and knowledge of Chri&s;t, by his divine and holy Word, and by his holy and ble&s;&s;ed Sacraments.</P>
<P>St. <HI>Augu&s;tines</HI> ob&s;ervation is this.
<NOTE PLACE="marg">St. Augu&s;tin.</NOTE></P>
<P>That God doth, <HI>In&s;pirare per ver|bum,</HI> God doth in&s;pire us by his Word.</P>
<P>The due, and &s;erious con&s;ideration of all this, ought not onely to rai&s;e up in us a certain knowledge of our ele|ction, but al&s;o to &s;tirr up in us, a Chri|&s;tian, and a godly &s;trife, and &s;o to &s;trive to make this our calling and election &s;ure.</P>
<PB N="66" REF="59">
<P>Remembring without cea&s;ing,
<NOTE PLACE="marg">1 <HI>The&s;&s;.</HI> 1.3, 4.</NOTE> your work of faith, and labour of love, and patience, of hope in our Lord Je&s;us Chri&s;t, in the &s;ight of God, and our father.</P>
<P>Knowing, brethren beloved, your election of God.</P>
<P>Wherefore the rather,
<NOTE PLACE="marg">2 <HI>Pet.</HI> 1.10.</NOTE> brethren, give diligence, to make your calling and election &s;ure, for if ye do the&s;e things, ye &s;hall never fall.</P>
<P>For &s;o an entrance &s;hall be mini|&s;tred unto you abundantly,
<NOTE PLACE="marg">2 <HI>Pet.</HI> 1.11.</NOTE> into the everla&s;ting kingdome of our Lord and Saviour Ie&s;us Chri&s;t.</P>
<P>Neither mu&s;t we be carele&s;&s;e in this great &amp; weighty matter of our electi|on to &s;alvation; as to &s;ay, (as &s;ome very prophanely, u&s;e to &s;ay) what need I be &s;o mindfull, and carefull hereof? If I am elected, I am elected; if otherwi&s;e it be appointed of God, all my &s;tudy, and endeavour cannot effect it. Such prophane re&s;olutions mu&s;t be ever with&s;tood by us, beaten down, and &s;up|pre&s;&s;ed: for we mu&s;t be ever very a|ctive herein, and know thus much, as a Father well ob&s;erveth, being this: namely;</P>
<P><HI>Quod Deus, qui elegit te ad &s;alvati|onem, elegit te etiam ad media &s;alva|tionis.</HI>
<PB N="67" REF="59">That God which hath cho&s;en, and elected thee unto &s;alvation, hath al&s;o elected, and cho&s;en thee, to u&s;e the means to come unto &s;alvation.</P>
<P>And as another Father &s;aith,
<NOTE PLACE="marg">St. Augu&s;tin.</NOTE></P>
<P><HI>Qui creavit te, &s;ine te, non &s;alvabit te, &s;ine te.</HI> He which hath created thee, without thee, will not &s;ave thee, with|out thee. St. <HI>Augustin.</HI></P>
<P>Work out your own &s;alvation,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Philip.</HI> 2.12, 13.</NOTE> with fear and trembling.</P>
<P>For it is God which worketh in you, both to will, and to do, of his good plea&s;ure.</P>
<P>For God hath not called us unto un|cleanne&s;&s;e, but unto holine&s;&s;e.
<NOTE PLACE="marg">1 <HI>The&s;&s;.</HI> 4.7.</NOTE></P>
<P>Wherefore,
<NOTE PLACE="marg">1 <HI>Pet.</HI> 1.13, 14, 15, 16.</NOTE> gird up the loyns of your mind, be &s;ober, and hope to the end, for the grace that is to be brought unto you, at the revelation of Ie&s;us Chri&s;t.</P>
<P>As obedient children, not fa&s;hion|ing your &s;elves according to the for|mer lu&s;ts, in your ignorance.</P>
<P>But as he which hath called you is holy, &s;o be ye holy, in all manner of conver&s;ation: Becau&s;e it is written, Be ye holy, for I am holy.</P>
<P>For I am the Lord your God:
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Levit.</HI> 11.44.</NOTE> ye &s;hall therefore &s;anctifie your &s;elves, and ye &s;hall be holy, for I am holy.</P>
<PB N="68" REF="60">
<P>And the Lord &s;pake unto <HI>Mo&s;es,</HI>
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Levit.</HI> 19.1, 2.</NOTE> &s;aying.</P>
<P>Speak unto all the congregation of the children of I&s;rael, and &s;ay unto them; Ye &s;hall be holy, for I the Lord your God am holy.</P>
<P>But ye are a cho&s;en generation,
<NOTE PLACE="marg">1 <HI>Pet.</HI> 2.9.</NOTE> a roy|all prie&s;thood, an holy nation, a pecu|liar people; that ye &s;hould &s;hew forth the prai&s;es of him who hath called you out of darkne&s;&s;e, into his marvel|lous light.</P>
<P>Which in time pa&s;t were not a peo|ple,
<NOTE PLACE="marg">1 <HI>Pet.</HI> 2.10.</NOTE> but are now the people of God: which had not obtained mercy, but now have obtained mercy.</P>
<P>As touching the election,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Rom.</HI> 11.28, 29.</NOTE> they are beloved for the fathers &s;ake.</P>
<P>For the gifts and calling of God are without repentance.</P>
<P>Who hath &s;aved us,
<NOTE PLACE="marg">2 <HI>Tim.</HI> 1.9, 10.</NOTE> and called us with an holy calling, not according to our works, but according to his own purpo&s;e, and grace which was given us in Chri&s;t Ie&s;us, before the world began.</P>
<P>But now is made manife&s;t by the appearing of our Saviour Ie&s;us Chri&s;t, who hath aboli&s;hed death, and brought life and immortality to light, through the Go&s;pel.</P>
<PB N="69" REF="60">
<P>The foundation of God &s;tand|eth &s;ure, having this &s;eal,
<NOTE PLACE="marg">2 <HI>Tim.</HI> 2.18.</NOTE> The Lord knoweth them that are his; and let e|very one that nameth the name of Chri&s;t depart from iniquity.</P>
<P>But this one thing I do,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Philip.</HI> 3.13, 14, 15.</NOTE> forgetting tho&s;e things which are behind, and reaching forth unto tho&s;e things which are before:</P>
<P>I pre&s;&s;e toward the mark, for the price of the high calling of God, in Chri&s;t Ie&s;us.</P>
<P>Let us therefore as many as be per|fect, be thus minded.</P>
<P>Put on therefore,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Collo&s;.</HI> 3.12, 13, 14, 15.</NOTE> (as the elect of God, holy and beloved) bowels of mercy, kindne&s;&s;e, humblene&s;&s;e of mind, meekne&s;&s;e, long-&s;uffering.</P>
<P>Forbearing one another, and for|giving one another.</P>
<P>And above all things, put on cha|rity, which is the bond of perfectne&s;&s;e.</P>
<P>And let the peace of God rule in your hearts, to the which al&s;o ye are called in one body, and be ye thank|full.</P>
<P>God hath cho&s;en the fooli&s;h things of the world, to confound the wi&s;e:
<NOTE PLACE="marg">1 <HI>Cor.</HI> 1.27, 29, 30, 31.</NOTE> and God hath cho&s;en the weak things of the world, to confound the things which are mighty.</P>
<PB N="70" REF="61">
<P>That no fle&s;h &s;hould glory in his pre&s;ence.</P>
<P>But of him are ye in Chri&s;t Je&s;us, who of God is made unto us wi&s;dome, and righteou&s;ne&s;&s;e, and &s;anctification, and redemption.</P>
<P>That according as it is written, He that glorieth, let him glory in the Lord.</P>
<P>Thus &s;aith the Lord,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Jer.</HI> 9.23, 24.</NOTE> Let not the wi&s;e man glory in his wi&s;dome, nei|ther let the mighty man glory in his might, nor let the rich man glory in his riches;</P>
<P>But let him that glorieth, glory in this, that he under&s;tandeth, and know|eth me, that I am the Lord, which exerci&s;e loving kindne&s;&s;e, judgement and righteou&s;ne&s;&s;e in the earth: for in the&s;e things I delight, &s;aith the Lord.</P>
<P>But &s;ome one may happily &s;ay, How &s;hall I come to have a knowledge of this my election unto &s;alvation?</P>
<P>To &s;uch a one it may be thus an|&s;wered,
<NOTE PLACE="marg">Notes of our Election.</NOTE></P>
<P>Ob&s;erve with thy &s;elf, whether thou feele&s;t and finde&s;t in thy &s;elf the effe|ctuall notes, and &s;ignes of thy election unto &s;alvation, working in thee, or not: as namely;</P>
<PB N="71" REF="61">
<P><MILESTONE N="1"> Fir&s;t, What powerfull effect the word of God, which we have &s;o often heard preached unto us, by way of reformation, change, and alteration, hath wrought in us.</P>
<P><MILESTONE N="2"> Secondly, How we find and feel our &s;elves to decline from &s;in, and &s;in|full cour&s;es; and whether we find in our &s;elves a hatred of &s;in, a &s;trife, and an endeavour in our &s;elves, to &s;hun, and avoid the &s;ame, and all occa&s;ions which may any wayes draw us there|into.</P>
<P><MILESTONE N="3"> Thirdly, How we find our &s;elves to &s;tand affected to vertue, vertuous a|ctions, and goodne&s;&s;e; and whether we find in our &s;elves a delight therein; whether there be &s;uch a progre&s;&s;e in us, in the way of godline&s;&s;e, as S. <HI>Pe|ter</HI> maketh mention of.</P>
<P>According as his divine power hath given unto us all things that pertain unto life, and godlineffe,
<NOTE PLACE="marg">2 <HI>Pet.</HI> 1.3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9.</NOTE> through the knowledge of him that hath called us to glory, and vertue.</P>
<P>Whereby are given unto us exceed|ing great, and precious promi&s;es, that by the&s;e, you might be partakers of the divine nature, having e&s;caped the corruption that is in the world, through lu&s;t.</P>
<PB N="72" REF="62">
<P>And be&s;ides this giving all dili|gence, adde to your faith, vertue, and to vertue, knowledge.</P>
<P>And to knowledge, temperance, and to temperance, patience, and to patience, godline&s;&s;e.</P>
<P>And to godline&s;&s;e, brotherly kind|ne&s;&s;e, and to brotherly kindne&s;&s;e, cha|rity.</P>
<P>For if the&s;e things be in you, and abound, they make you that ye &s;hall neither be barren, nor unfruitfull in the knowledge of our Lord Ie&s;us Chri&s;t.</P>
<P>But he that lacketh the&s;e things, is blind, and cannot &s;ee farr off, and hath forgotten, that he was purged from his old &s;ins.</P>
<P>If we feel the&s;e heavenly and divine vertues, and graces thus working in us, we may then from hence, draw un|to our &s;elves, for our &s;ouls comfort, a full a&s;&s;urance of our election by God, (in, and through Chri&s;t Ie&s;us, our ble&s;&s;ed Lord and Saviour) unto &s;alva|tion, and that our names are recorded, written, and regi&s;tred in heaven, in the book of life, wherein we are onely to rejoyce.</P>
<P>And the &s;eventy returned again,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Luke</HI> 10.17, 18, 19, 20.</NOTE> with joy, &s;aying, Even the devils are
<PB N="73" REF="62">&s;ubject unto us, through thy name.</P>
<P>And he &s;aid unto them,</P>
<P>Behold, I give unto you power to tread on &s;erpents, and &s;corpions, and over all the powers of the enemy, and nothing &s;hall by any means hurt you.</P>
<P>Notwith&s;tanding, in this rejoyce not, that the &s;pirits are &s;ubject unto you, but rather rejoyce in this, becau&s;e your names are written in heaven.</P>
<P>Be it known unto you therefore,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Acts</HI> 13.38, 39.</NOTE> men and brethren, that through this man, is preached unto you forgivene&s;s of &s;in.</P>
<P>And by him, all that be here, are ju|&s;tified from all things, from which ye could not be ju&s;tified by the law of <HI>Mo&s;es.</HI></P>
</DIV1>
<DIV1 N="4" TYPE="chapter">
<PB N="74" REF="63">
<HEAD>CHAP. IIII. <HI>Of Prayer, and the force thereof, and how nece&s;&s;ary and needfull a duty the &s;ame is.</HI></HEAD>
<P><MILESTONE N="1"> FIr&s;t, <HI>Oratio e&s;t clavis diei;</HI> that is, Prayer is the key that opens the day unto us, to put us in mind of Gods protecting of us the night pa&s;t, and of our thankfulne&s;&s;e to be rendred unto him for the &s;ame, with commending of our &s;ouls and bodies to his protection for the day pre&s;ent.</P>
<P><MILESTONE N="2"> Secondly, <HI>Oratio e&s;t &s;era noctis;</HI> Prayer ought to &s;hut up the day; it is the key that lets in the night unto us, with our prai&s;e to God for our dayes pre&s;ervation, with a recommendation of our &s;ouls and bodies unto his pow|erfull protection for the night en&s;ue|ing.</P>
<P>Hereupon it is &s;aid by one,
<Q><L>With morning prayer the day be|gin,</L>
<L>With evening prayer the night &s;hut in.</L>
<L>Without this prayer &s;it not to eat,</L>
<PB N="75" REF="63">
<L>Without Gods prai&s;e ri&s;e not from meat.</L></Q></P>
<P><MILESTONE N="3"> Thirdly, <HI>Oratio e&s;t vinculum in|vincibile, ut S.</HI> Bernard.
<NOTE PLACE="marg">S. <HI>Bernard.</HI></NOTE> Prayer is a bond invincible, availing very much if it be fervent.</P>
<P>The effectuall fervent prayer of a righteous man availeth much.
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>James</HI> 5.16, 17, 18.</NOTE></P>
<P><HI>Elias</HI> was a man &s;ubject to like pa&s;|&s;ions, as we are, and he prayed earne&s;t|ly that it might not rain, and it rained not on the earth, by the &s;pace of three yeares, and &s;ix moneths.</P>
<P>And he prayed again,
<NOTE PLACE="marg">1 <HI>Kin.</HI> 17.17.</NOTE> and the hea|ven gave rain, and the earth brought forth her fruit.</P>
<P>All things what&s;oever ye &s;hall ask in prayer, believing,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Matt.</HI> 21.22.</NOTE> ye &s;hall re|ceive.</P>
<P><MILESTONE N="4"> Fourthly, <HI>Oratio e&s;t vis Deo grata, ut S.</HI> Chry&s;o&s;tom. Prayer is &s;uch a force,
<NOTE PLACE="marg">S. Chry&s;o&s;tom.</NOTE> or earne&s;t vehemency, as that the &s;ame is very acceptable, and well-plea&s;ing unto God.</P>
<P><MILESTONE N="5"> Fifthly, <HI>Oratio e&s;t clavis Scripturae,</HI> Origen.
<NOTE PLACE="marg">Origen.</NOTE> Prayer is the key that opens the Scripture unto us, and enlightens our under&s;tandings therein.</P>
<P>Hereupon, in reading of the Scrip|tures, this rule directory is pre&s;cribed unto us;
<PB N="76" REF="64">
<Q><L>Read not this Book in any ca&s;e,</L>
<L>But with a &s;ingle eye;</L>
<L>Read not, but fir&s;t de&s;ire Gods grace,</L>
<L>To under&s;tand thereby.</L></Q></P>
<P><MILESTONE N="6"> Sixthly, <HI>Oratio e&s;t Deo &s;acrificium,</HI> Augu&s;tin.
<NOTE PLACE="marg">St. Augu&s;tin.</NOTE> Prayer is a &s;acrifice well|plea&s;ing unto God.</P>
<P>By him therefore,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Hebrews</HI> 13.15.</NOTE> let us offer the &s;actifice of prai&s;e to God continually, that is, the fruit of our lips, giving thanks to his name.</P>
<P><MILESTONE N="7"> Seventhly, <HI>Oratio e&s;t Diabolo flagel|lum,</HI>
<NOTE PLACE="marg">S. Augu&s;tin.</NOTE> <HI>St.</HI> Augu&s;tin. Prayer is a whip, or &s;courge unto the Devil, to drive him away from us.</P>
<P>And when he was come into the hou&s;e,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Mark</HI> 9.28, 29.</NOTE> his di&s;ciples asked him private|ly, Why could not we ca&s;t him out?</P>
<P>And he &s;aid unto them, This kind can come forth by nothing, but by prayer, and fa&s;ting.</P>
<P><MILESTONE N="8"> Eighthly, <HI>Oratio e&s;t orauti &s;ub&s;idi|um,</HI>
<NOTE PLACE="marg">St. Augu&s;tin.</NOTE> S. Augu&s;tin. Prayer is great help and &s;uccour unto him which doth pray, in time of mi&s;ery and affliction, and at all times what&s;oever.</P>
<P>I &s;ought the Lord,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>P&s;al.</HI> 34.4, 6.</NOTE> and he heard me, and delivered me from all my fears.</P>
<P>This poor man cried, and the Lord heard him, and &s;aved him, out of all his troubles.</P>
<PB N="77" REF="64">
<P>I cried unto the Lord,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>P&s;al.</HI> 3.4.</NOTE> with my voice, and he heard me out of his ho|ly hill.</P>
<P>I will call upon the Lord,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>P&s;al.</HI> 18.3, 6.</NOTE> who is worthy to be prai&s;ed: &s;o &s;hall I be &s;a|ved from mine enemies.</P>
<P>In my di&s;tre&s;&s;e, I called upon the Lord, and cried unto my God, he heard my voice out of his temple, and my cry came before him, even into his eares.</P>
<P>Call upon me in the time of trou|ble, I will deliver thee,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>P&s;al.</HI> 50.15.</NOTE> and thou &s;halt glorifie me.</P>
<P>The Lord is nigh unto all them that call upon him,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>P&s;al.</HI> 145.18, 19.</NOTE> to all that call up|on him in truth.</P>
<P>He will fulfill the de&s;ire of them that fear him, he al&s;o will hear their cry, and will &s;ave them.</P>
<P>In my di&s;tre&s;&s;e,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>P&s;al.</HI> 120.1.</NOTE> I cried unto the Lord, and he heard me.</P>
<P>O thou that heare&s;t prayer,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>P&s;al.</HI> 65.2.</NOTE> unto thee &s;hall all fle&s;h come.</P>
<P><MILESTONE N="9"> Ninthly, <HI>Oratio e&s;t armatura inex|pugnabilis;</HI> Prayer is an armour of proof, not to be with&s;tood, invincible, as one ob&s;erveth.</P>
<P>It is a principall piece of our &s;piri|tuall armour.</P>
<P>Praying alwayes, with all prayer,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Ephe&s;.</HI> 6.18.</NOTE> and &s;upplications, in the &s;pirit, and
<PB N="78" REF="65">watching thereunto, with all per&s;e|verance, and &s;upplication for all Saints.</P>
<P><MILESTONE N="10"> Tenthly, <HI>Orationes &s;unt tormenta Chri&s;tianorum, ut</HI> Pater. Prayers and &s;upplications are the gunns of Chri&s;ti|ans, as it were, to &s;hoot up their pray|ers unto heaven.</P>
<P>Give me tho&s;e groanes,
<NOTE PLACE="marg">St. Chry&s;o&s;tom.</NOTE> and &s;ighes, <HI>quae non &s;unt o&s;tentationis, &s;ed compun|ctiouis,</HI> which proceed not from vain o&s;tentation, and boa&s;ting, but from the compunction, or pricking of the con&s;cience. St. <HI>Chry&s;ostom.</HI></P>
<P>As touching Prayer,
<NOTE PLACE="marg">Ob&s;ervations touching pray|er.</NOTE> and the u&s;e thereof, the&s;e ob&s;ervations do ari&s;e; as namely;</P>
<P><MILESTONE N="1"> Fir&s;t, The great nece&s;&s;ity of Prayer.</P>
<P>The nece&s;&s;ity of Prayer in the&s;e re|gards following.</P>
<P><MILESTONE N="1"> Fir&s;t, Satan &s;eeks to de&s;troy and de|vour us, and therefore we ought to pray for deliverance.</P>
<P>Be &s;ober,
<NOTE PLACE="marg">1 <HI>Pet.</HI> 5.8, 9.</NOTE> be vigilant, becau&s;e your adver&s;ary the devil, as a roring lion, walketh about, &s;eeking whom he may devour.</P>
<P>Whom re&s;i&s;t, &s;tedfa&s;t in the faith.</P>
<P>Re&s;i&s;t the devil,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>James</HI> 4.7, 8.</NOTE> and he will flee from you.</P>
<P>Draw nigh unto God, and he will draw nigh to you.</P>
<PB N="79" REF="65">
<P><MILESTONE N="2"> Secondly, the world will allure us, and therefore we are to pray for a&s;&s;i|&s;tance.</P>
<P><MILESTONE N="3"> Thirdly, the fle&s;h will betray us, and therefore we are to pray for de|fence.</P>
<P><MILESTONE N="4"> Fourthly, the wicked will &s;educe us, and therefore we are to to pray for continuance.</P>
<P>My &s;on, if &s;inners entice thee,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Prov.</HI> 1.10, 11, 14, 15, 16.</NOTE> con|&s;ent thou not.</P>
<P>If they &s;ay, come with us, let us lay wait for bloud, let us lurk privily, for the innocent, without cau&s;e.</P>
<P>Ca&s;t in thy lot among us, let us all have one pur&s;e.</P>
<P>My &s;on, walk not thou in the way with them, refrain thy foot from their path.</P>
<P>For their feet run to evil, and make ha&s;t to &s;hed bloud.</P>
<P><MILESTONE N="2"> Secondly, We mu&s;t pray in all places. </P>
<P>I will therefore,
<NOTE PLACE="marg">1 <HI>Tim.</HI> 2.8.</NOTE> that men pray eve|ry where, lifting up holy hands, with|out wrath and doubting.</P>
<P><MILESTONE N="3"> Thirdly, We mu&s;t pray at all times. </P>
<P>Let us go &s;peedily to pray before the Lord,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Zechar.</HI> 8.21.</NOTE> and to &s;eek the Lord of ho&s;ts.</P>
<P>O Lord God of my &s;alvation, I have cried day and night before thee.</P>
<PB N="80" REF="66">
<P>Let my prayer come before thee:
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>P&s;al.</HI> 88.1, 2.</NOTE> encline thine ear unto my cry.</P>
<P>Unto thee have I cried,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>P&s;al.</HI> 88.13.</NOTE> O Lord, and in the morning &s;hall my prayer pre|vent thee.</P>
<P>Evening,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>P&s;alm</HI> 55.17.</NOTE> and morning, and at noon will I pray.</P>
<P>And it came to pa&s;&s;e,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Luke</HI> 6.12.</NOTE> in tho&s;e dayes, that he went out into a mountain to pray, and be continued all night in prayer to God.</P>
<P>And he &s;pake a parable unto them,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Luke</HI> 18.1.</NOTE> to this end, that men ought alwayes to pray, and not to faint.</P>
<P>Every day will I ble&s;&s;e thee,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>P&s;alm</HI> 145.2.</NOTE> and I will prai&s;e thy name for ever and e|ver.</P>
<P>Pray without cea&s;ing.
<NOTE PLACE="marg">1 <HI>The&s;&s;.</HI> 5.17.</NOTE></P>
<P>But the end of all things is at hand,
<NOTE PLACE="marg">1 <HI>Pet.</HI> 4.7.</NOTE> be ye therefore &s;ober, and watch unto prayer.</P>
<P>Night and day,
<NOTE PLACE="marg">1 <HI>The&s;&s;.</HI> 3.10.</NOTE> praying exceed|ingly.</P>
<P>Continuing in&s;tant in prayer.
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Rom.</HI> 12.12.</NOTE></P>
<P><MILESTONE N="4"> Foutthly, We mu&s;t pray for all per|&s;ons, yea, even for our enemies.</P>
<P>Confe&s;&s;e your faults one to another,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>James</HI> 5.16.</NOTE> and pray one for another, that ye may be healed.</P>
<P>Love your enemies,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Luke</HI> 6.27, 28.</NOTE> do good to them that hate you.</P>
<PB N="81" REF="66">
<P>Ble&s;s them that cur&s;e you, and pray for them that de&s;pitefully u&s;e you.</P>
<P>Then &s;aid Ie&s;us,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Luke</HI> 23, 34.</NOTE> Father forgive them, for they know not what they do.</P>
<P>And they &s;toned <HI>Stephen,</HI>
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Acts</HI> 7.59, 60.</NOTE> calling up|on God, and &s;aying, Lord Ie&s;us receive my &s;pirit.</P>
<P>And he kneeled down, and cryed with a loud voice, Lord lay not this &s;in to their charge.</P>
<P N="5">5ly. We mu&s;t pray to God a|lone.</P>
<P>Is any among you afflicted?
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Ja.</HI> 5.13.</NOTE> let him pray; Is any merry? let him &s;ing P&s;almes.</P>
<P>Now when <HI>Daniel</HI> knew,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Dan.</HI> 6.10.</NOTE> that the writing was &s;igned, he went into his Hou&s;e; and his windows being open in his Chamber toward <HI>Ieru&s;alem,</HI> he kneeled down upon his knees three times a day, and prayed, and gave thanks before his God, as he did a|fore time.</P>
<P>As for me, I will call upon God,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>P&s;al.</HI> 55.16.</NOTE> and the Lord &s;hall &s;ave me.</P>
<P>There was a certain man in <HI>Cae&s;a|rea</HI> called <HI>Cornelius,</HI> a devout man,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Acts</HI> 10.1, 2.</NOTE> which gave much Alms to the people, and prayed to God alway.</P>
<PB N="82" REF="67">
<P>And I &s;et my face unto the Lord God to &s;eek by Prayer and Sup|plications,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Dan.</HI> 9: 3, 4.</NOTE> with fa&s;ting, and &s;ackcloth, and a&s;hes.</P>
<P>And I prayed unto the Lord my God,
<NOTE PLACE="marg">Daniels Pray|er.</NOTE> and made my Confe&s;&s;ion, and &s;aid, O Lord, the great, dreadfull God, keeping the Covenant, and mercy to them that love him, and to them that keep his Commandements.</P>
<P>Be carefull for nothing,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Philip.</HI> 4.6.</NOTE> but in eve|ry thing, by prayer and &s;upplication with thanksgiving, let your reque&s;t be made known unto God.</P>
<P>I will call on the Lord who is wor|thy to be prai&s;ed;
<NOTE PLACE="marg">2 <HI>Sam.</HI> 22.4, 7.</NOTE> &s;o &s;hall I be &s;aved from mine enemies.</P>
<P>In my di&s;tre&s;s I called unto the Lord,
<NOTE PLACE="marg">Davids Pray|er.</NOTE> and cryed to my God, and he did hear my voice, out of his Temple, and my cry did enter into his ears.</P>
<P>But when thou praye&s;t, enter into thy Clo&s;et,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Mat.</HI> 6.6.</NOTE> and when thou ha&s;t &s;hut thy Door, pray to thy Father which is in &s;ecret, and thy Father which &s;eeth in &s;ecret &s;hall reward thee openly.</P>
<P N="6"><MILESTONE N="6"> 6ly. We mu&s;t pray with knowledge, and with under&s;tanding.
<NOTE PLACE="marg">S. Augu&s;tin.</NOTE></P>
<P><HI>Sonus mentis, e&s;t intellectus, ut Au|gu&s;tin.</HI></P>
<PB N="54" REF="67">
<P>The &s;ound of the mind, is under|&s;tanding,
<NOTE PLACE="marg">S. Augu&s;tin.</NOTE> and no true prayer can there be, without under&s;tanding.</P>
<P>Again, publike or Church prayers,
<NOTE PLACE="marg">Publick and Church Pray|ers:</NOTE> are requi&s;ite and needfull, to &s;hew, that that there is, and ought to be unanimity and conformity in the Pri|mitive Church.</P>
<P>And here, we are not only to pray, for our &s;elves, but for all others al&s;o of what e&s;tate or Conditiou &s;oever they be of.</P>
<P>I exhort therefore,
<NOTE PLACE="marg">1 <HI>Tim.</HI> 2.1, 2, 3.</NOTE> that fir&s;t of all Supplications, Prayers, Interce&s;&s;ions, and giving of Thanks be made for all Men.</P>
<P>For Kings, and for all that are in Authority, that we may lead a quiet, and peaceable life in all hone&s;ty, and godline&s;s.</P>
<P>For this is good and acceptable in the &s;ight of God our Saviour.</P>
<P>And this was the u&s;e of the antient Chri&s;tians,
<NOTE PLACE="marg">Tertullian.</NOTE> who as <HI>Tertulllian</HI> well ob&s;erveth, did pray for all their Em|perors that they might have and qui|etly enjoy,</P>
<P><HI>Vitam prolixam, imperium &s;ecurum,</HI>
<NOTE PLACE="marg">The Prayer of the antient Chri&s;tians for their Empe|rors.</NOTE> <HI>domum tutam, exercitus fortes, &s;ena|tum fidelem, populum probum, orbem quietum, et quaecunque hominis,
<PB N="84" REF="68">et</HI> Cae&s;aris, <HI>vota &s;unt.</HI></P>
<P>That they might have, and quietly enjoy, &mdash;</P>
<P>A happy Life, a &s;ecure Empire, a &s;afe Hou&s;e, and habitation, &s;trong and forcible Armies, a faithfull Senate, hone&s;t and true-hearted People, a qui|et World, and what&s;oever el&s;e either Prince, or People, can any waies wi&s;h or de&s;ire.</P>
<P>That offerings be made, to the mo&s;t high God,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>E&s;dras</HI> 6.3.</NOTE> for the King, and for his Children, and that they may pray for their lives.</P>
<P>Prayer,
<NOTE PLACE="marg">Prayer compa|red to Ia|cobs Ladder.</NOTE> as one ob&s;erveth, is like un|to <HI>Jacobs</HI> Ladder, which appeared to him in a Dream, reaching up to Hea|ven, and which he &s;eemed to &s;ee and behold, and behold the Angels of God a&s;cending and de&s;cending down by it.</P>
<P>And he dreamed,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Gen.</HI> 28.12.</NOTE> and behold a Lad|der &s;et upon the Earth, and the top of it reached to Heaven, and behold the Angels of God a&s;cending and de&s;cen|ding on it.</P>
<P>Even &s;o by Prayer, we fly a high pitch, we &s;oare aloft, we do thereby as it were mount up, flye, and a&s;cend to Heaven.</P>
<P>And I &s;aid,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>P&s;.</HI> 35.6.</NOTE> O that I had wings
<PB N="85" REF="68">like a Dove! for then would I flye a|way and be at re&s;t.</P>
<P><HI>Meditatio et Oratio,</HI>
<NOTE PLACE="marg">S. Bernard.</NOTE> <HI>&s;unt ale Co|lumbae,</HI> as St. <HI>Bernard</HI> ob&s;er|veth.</P>
<P>Meditation, and prayer are the Wings of the Dove, and by the&s;e Wings of the Dove, is meant Medita|tion and Prayer, as St. <HI>Bernard</HI> well ob&s;erveth.</P>
<P>St. <HI>Angustines</HI> Prayer to God was,
<NOTE PLACE="marg">S. Augu&s;tines Prayer.</NOTE> That of all judgements and plagues, he would ever free him from a &s;tony-heart, or from a benummed or &s;eared Con&s;cience.</P>
<P>St. <HI>Bernard</HI> Prayer was this.
<NOTE PLACE="marg">S. Bernards Prayer.</NOTE></P>
<P><HI>Bone Je&s;u! esto mihi Je&s;us.</HI></P>
<P>O &s;weet Ie&s;us! be thou unto me, and to my Soul, a Ie&s;us, a Savi|our.</P>
<P><HI>Oratio a&s;cendit,</HI>
<NOTE PLACE="marg">S. Augu&s;t.</NOTE> <HI>Gratia de&s;cen|dit.</HI></P>
<P>Our Prayers do a&s;cend up to Heaven; and grace and Mercy doth de&s;cend down upon us, as St. <HI>Augu&s;tine</HI> well ob&s;erveth.</P>
<P>But there are &s;ome Prayers which do not a&s;cend up to Heaven, as St. <HI>Bernard</HI> ob&s;erveth; as namely,</P>
<P><HI>Oratio timida,</HI>
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>S.</HI> Bernard.</NOTE> A fearfull Pray|er.</P>
<PB N="86" REF="69">
<P N="2">2. <HI>Oratio tepida,</HI> A dull and heavy Prayer.</P>
<P N="3"><MILESTONE N="3"> 3. <HI>Oratio temeraria,</HI> A ra&s;h and ha&s;ty Prayer.</P>
<P>The&s;e 3 kinds of Prayers as St. <HI>Ber|nard</HI> ob&s;erveth, do never a&s;cend up to Heaven.</P>
<P><HI>Qui orat,</HI>
<NOTE PLACE="marg">S. Chry&s;o&s;tom.</NOTE> <HI>et peccat, non orat ad De|um, &s;ed deludit,</HI> as St. <HI>Chry&s;o&s;tome</HI> ob|&s;erveth.</P>
<P>He which doth pray unto God, and then pre&s;ently offends, again doth not pray unto God as he ought to do, but doth even mock and delude him.</P>
<P>Watch and pray,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Mat.</HI> 26.41.</NOTE> that ye enter not into temptation: the &s;pirit indeed is willing, but the fle&s;h is weak.</P>
<P>Hereupon it is written of an Empe|ror that had his Page,
<NOTE PLACE="marg">Watch and pray.</NOTE> that every mor|ning came unto him, u&s;ing to him the&s;e few words; namely,</P>
<P><HI>Vigilasti Emperator, vigila.</HI></P>
<P>O Emperor, ha&s;t thou been watch|full and carefull of thy &s;elf; if &s;o, it is well,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Mat.</HI> 24.42.</NOTE> be watchfull &s;till.</P>
<P>Watch therefore, for ye know not what hour your Lord doth come.</P>
<P>Watch therefore,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Mat,</HI> 25.13.</NOTE> for ye know nei|ther the day, nor the hour, wherein the &s;on of man commeth.</P>
<PB N="87" REF="69">
<P>Take ye heed, watch and pray,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Mark</HI> 13.33, 35, 37.</NOTE> for ye know not when the time is.</P>
<P>Watch ye therefore, for ye know not when the Ma&s;ter of the Hou&s;e commeth, at even, or at midnight, or at the Cock-crowing, or in the morn|ing;</P>
<P>Le&s;t comming &s;uddenly, he find you &s;leeping.</P>
<P>And what I &s;ay unto you, I &s;ay un|to all, watch.</P>
<P>Watch and pray, <HI>ut dignaremini,</HI> that ye may be found &s;o doing, and accounted worchy; whereupon &s;aith St. <HI>Bernard,</HI></P>
<P><HI>Dignitas uo&s;tra domine et dignitio tua.</HI>
<NOTE PLACE="marg">S. <HI>Bernard.</HI></NOTE></P>
<P>O Lord, all our worth, and wor|thine&s;s, is only thine, and from thee, and thy grace to us proceeding, and which we have received from thee alone, nothing of or from our &s;elves.</P>
<P>For of his fullne&s;s have all we recei|ved, and grace for grace.
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Io.</HI> 1.16.</NOTE></P>
<P>For it plea&s;ed the Father,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Collo&s;.</HI> 1.19.</NOTE> that in him &s;hould all fulne&s;s dwell.</P>
<P>It is well ob&s;erved by one,</P>
<P>That the con&s;tant, daily,
<NOTE PLACE="marg">The benefit of con&s;tant and frehuent Pray|er.</NOTE> and fre|quent u&s;e of Prayer, both private and publick, is of extraordinary great be|nefit and comfort unto the parties
<PB N="88" REF="70">praying, if we do take into our &s;erio con&s;ideration, the&s;e en&s;uing particu|lars. As namely,</P>
<P N="1"><MILESTONE N="1"> 1. How needfull and helpfull, to all, Prayer is, and of how dangerous con&s;e|quence, the neglect thereof is.</P>
<P N="2"><MILESTONE N="2"> 2. How precious a duty and &s;ervice Prayer is, being plea&s;ing and accep|table unto God</P>
<P N="3"><MILESTONE N="3"> 3. How powerfull Prayer is in the prevailing even with God him|&s;elf.</P>
<P N="1"><MILESTONE N="1"> 1. No better deliverance in time of di&s;tre&s;s, than by Prayer unto God.</P>
<P>The Lord is my &s;trength and my &s;hield,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>P&s;.</HI> 28.7.</NOTE> my heart tru&s;ted in him, and I am helped, therefore my heart great|ly rejoyceth, and with my Song will I prai&s;e him.</P>
<P>The Lord al&s;o will be a refuge for the oppre&s;&s;ed,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>P&s;alm</HI> 9.9.</NOTE> a refuge in time of trouble.</P>
<P>Ble&s;&s;ed be God that hath not tur|ned away my Prayer,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>P&s;.</HI> 66.20.</NOTE> nor his mercy from me.</P>
<P>But as for me my Prayer is unto thee O Lord in an acceptable time:
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>P&s;.</HI> 69.13, 16, 17.</NOTE> O God in the multitude of thy mercy hear me, in the truth of thy &s;alvation.</P>
<P>Hear me O Lord, for thy loving kindne&s;s is good: turn unto me ac|cording
<PB N="89" REF="70">to the multitude of thy ten|der mercies.</P>
<P>And hide not thy face from thy Servant, for I am in trouble, hear me &s;peedily.</P>
<P>One ob&s;erveth this of Prayer.</P>
<P><HI>Aeque pauperibus prode&s;t, locupleti|bus aeque.</HI></P>
<P><HI>Aeque neglectum, pueris &s;enibu&s;&abque; nocebit.</HI></P>
<Q><L>It gaineth good to poor and rich,</L>
<L>If u&s;e thereof be free.</L>
<L>And hurteth youth as well as age,</L>
<L>Neglected if it be.</L></Q>
<P N="2"><MILESTONE N="2"> 2. God cau&s;ed a Hou&s;e to be made for the performing of this duty and &s;ervice of Prayer unto him&s;elf, and &s;tyled the &s;ame by the name of the Hou&s;e of Prayer.</P>
<P>Even them will I bring to my holy Mountain,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>I&s;aiah</HI> 56.7.</NOTE> and make them joyfull in my Hou&s;e of Prayer; their burnt offer|ings and their &s;acrifices &s;hall be ac|cepted upon mine Altar; for mine Hou&s;e &s;hall be called an Hou&s;e of Prayer for all People.</P>
<P>And Ie&s;us &s;aid unto them,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Mat.</HI> 21.13.</NOTE> It is written, My Hou&s;e &s;hall be called the Hou&s;e of Prayer, but ye have made it a Den of Theeves.</P>
<P>And he taught, &s;aying unto them,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Mar.</HI> 11.17</NOTE> It
<PB N="90" REF="71">is written, My Hou&s;e &s;hall be called of all Nations, the Hou&s;e of Pray|er.</P>
<P>Saying to them,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Luke</HI> 11, 46.</NOTE> it is written, My Hou&s;e is the Hou&s;e of Prayer.</P>
<P N="3"><MILESTONE N="3"> 3. The Hou&s;e of Prayer, and Prayer u&s;ed therein, together with private Prayer al&s;o, is the be&s;t means to move, and cau&s;e God to turn a|way, and remove his judgements from us.</P>
<P>Ask, and ye &s;hall receive.</P>
<P>That is, as one ob&s;erveth, Ask by Prayer, and ye &s;hall receive.</P>
<P>And all things what&s;oever ye &s;hall ask in Prayer,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Mat.</HI> 21.22.</NOTE> believing, ye &s;hall re|ceive.</P>
<P>Therefore I &s;ay unto you,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Mark</HI> 11.24.</NOTE> What things &s;oever ye de&s;ire when ye pray, believe that ye receive them, and ye &s;hall have them.</P>
<P>Thus we may behold,
<NOTE PLACE="marg">The powerful|ne&s;s of Prayer.</NOTE> and &s;ee the powerfull effect of Prayer, the &s;ame prevailing, even with God him&s;elf.</P>
<P>By Prayer <HI>Daniel</HI> was pre&s;erved in the Lions Den.</P>
<P>Then &s;aid <HI>Daniel</HI> unto the King,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Den.</HI> 6.21, 22.</NOTE> O King live for ever.</P>
<P>My God hath &s;ent his Angel, and hath &s;hut the Lions mouths, that they have not hurt me: fora&s;much
<PB N="91" REF="71">as before him Innocency was found in me; and al&s;o before Thee O King, I have done no hurt.</P>
<P>By Prayer <HI>Jonah</HI> was delivered in the Whales belly.</P>
<P>Then <HI>Jonah</HI> prayed unto the Lord his God, out of the Fi&s;hes belly.
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Jonah</HI> 2.1, 2, 7, 9, 10.</NOTE></P>
<P>And &s;aid, I cryed by rea&s;on of mine affliction unto the Lord, and he heard me; out of the Belly of Hell cryed I, and thou hearde&s;t my voice;
<NOTE PLACE="marg">Jonahs Prayer.</NOTE> when my Soul fainted within me, I re|membred the Lord, and my Prayer came unto thee, into thy holy Temple.</P>
<P>I will &s;acrifi&s;e unto thee with the voice of Thanksgiving, I will pay that that I have vowed; Salvation is of the Lord.</P>
<P>And the Lord &s;poke unto the Fi&s;h, and it vomited out <HI>Jonah</HI> upon the dry Land.</P>
<P>By Prayer, <HI>Peter</HI> in the Pri&s;on and bound with Chains, was by an Angel deliver'd from the cruel hands of King <HI>Herod.</HI></P>
<P><HI>Peter</HI> therefore was kept in Pri&s;on,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Acts</HI> 12.5, 6, 7, 8, 9.</NOTE> but prayer was made without cea&s;ing, of the Church unto God for him.</P>
<P>And when <HI>Herod</HI> would have brought him forth, the &s;ame night <HI>Pe|ter</HI> was &s;leeping between two Souldi|ers,
<PB N="92" REF="72">bound with 2 chains, &amp; the keeper before the door kept the Pri&s;on.</P>
<P>And behold the Angel of the Lord came upon him, and a light &s;hined in the pri&s;on: and he &s;mote <HI>Peter</HI> on the &s;ide, and rai&s;ed him up, &s;aying unto him, Ari&s;e up quickly; and his Chains fell from his hands.</P>
<P>And the Angel &s;aid to him, Gird up thy &s;elf, and bind on thy &s;andals: and &s;o he did, and he &s;aith unto him, Ca&s;t thy garment about thee, and follow me.</P>
<P>And he went out and followed him.</P>
<P>By Prayer the 3 Children,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Dan.</HI> 3.16, 17, 18, 19, 21, 24.</NOTE> <HI>Shadrach, Me&s;hack,</HI> and <HI>Abednego,</HI> being ca&s;t bound into the mid&s;t of the fiery fur|nace, were by God pre&s;erved, and de|livered from the flames of fire.</P>
<P><HI>Shadrach, Me&s;hack</HI> and <HI>Abednego</HI> an&s;wered, and &s;aid to the King, O <HI>Ne|buchadnezzar,</HI> we are not carefull to an&s;wer thee in this matter.</P>
<P>If it be &s;o, Be it known unto thee O King, that we will not &s;erve thy Gods, nor wor&s;hip the golden Image thou ha&s;t &s;et up.</P>
<P>Then was <HI>Nebuchadnezzar</HI> ful of fu|ry, therefore he &s;pake and commanded that they &s;hould heat the furnace one 7 times more that it was wont to be heat.</P>
<P>Then the&s;e men were bound in their
<PB N="93" REF="72">coats, their ho&s;en, and their hats, and their other garments, &amp; were ca&s;t into the mid&s;t of the burning fiery furnace.</P>
<P>Then the King was a&s;tonied, and ro&s;e up in ha&s;t, and &s;pake, and &s;aid unto his Coun&s;ellors, Did not we ca&s;t 3 men bound into the mid&s;t of the fire? they an&s;wered &amp; &s;aid to him, True O King.</P>
<P>He an&s;wered and &s;aid, Lo I &s;ee 4 men loo&s;e, walking in the mid&s;t of the fire, and they have no hurt, and the form of the 4th. is like the Son of God.</P>
<P>And the Princes, governors and cap|tains, and the Kings Coun&s;ellors being gathered together, &s;aw the&s;e men, upon whom the fire had no power, nor was an hair of their head &s;inged, neither were their coats changed, nor the &s;mell of fire had pa&s;&s;ed on them.</P>
<P>When thou pa&s;&s;e&s;t through the wa|ters I will be with thee;
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>I&s;a.</HI> 43 2, 3, <HI>and</HI> 11. <HI>I even I am the Lord, and be|&s;ides me there is no Saviour.</HI></NOTE> and through the Rivers, they &s;hall not overflow thee: when thou walke&s;t through the fire thou &s;halt not be burnt; neither &s;hall the flame kindle upon thee.</P>
<P>For I am the Lord thy God, the ho|ly one of <HI>I&s;rael</HI> thy Saviour.</P>
<P>All the&s;e were deliver'd by the power|fulne&s;s of prayer, prevailing with God.</P>
<P>By Prayer <HI>Jacob,</HI> the night before he did meet with his brother <HI>E&s;au,</HI> wre&s;t|led with the Angel, &amp; by his earne&s;t|ne&s;s
<PB N="94" REF="73">and importunity of his prayer, he at the la&s;t therby &s;o far prevailed with him, as that he obtained a ble&s;&s;ing from him, and his Brother <HI>E&s;au</HI> was appea&s;ed towards him, which made him greatly to rejoyce.</P>
<P>And <HI>Iacob</HI> was left alone,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Gen.</HI> 32.24 <HI>to</HI> 28.</NOTE> and there wre&s;tled a man with him, untill the breaking of the day: and he &s;aid let me go, for the day breaketh: &amp; he &s;aid, I wil not let thee go, except thou ble&s;s me.</P>
<P>And he &s;aid unto him, What is thy name? and he &s;aid, <HI>Jacob.</HI></P>
<P>And he &s;aid, Thy name &s;hall be called no more <HI>Jacob,</HI> but <HI>I&s;rael,</HI> for as a Prince ha&s;t thou power with God, and with man, and ha&s;t prevailed.</P>
<P>And <HI>E&s;au</HI> ran to meet him, and em|braced him,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Gen.</HI> 33.4, 10.</NOTE> and fell on his neck and ki&s;&s;ed him; and they wept.</P>
<P>And <HI>Iacob</HI> &s;aid, I have &s;een thy face, as though I had &s;een the face of God; and thou wa&s;t plea&s;ed with me.</P>
<P>He took his Brother by the heel in the wombe,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Ho&s;.</HI> 12.3, 4, 5.</NOTE> and by his &s;trength he had power with God.</P>
<P>Yea he had power over the Angel, and prevailed, he wept and made &s;up|plication unto him: he found him in. <HI>Bethel</HI> and there he &s;poke with us.</P>
<P>Even the Lord God of Ho&s;ts, the Lord is his memorial.</P>
<PB N="95" REF="73">
<P>By Prayer <HI>Mo&s;es,</HI> for the children of <HI>I&s;rael,</HI> prevailed again&s;t <HI>Amalek,</HI> and overehrew him.</P>
<P>And <HI>Mo&s;es</HI> &s;aid unto <HI>Jo&s;hua,</HI>
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Exod.</HI> 17.9, 10, 11.</NOTE> chu&s;e us out men, and go out and fight with <HI>A|malek</HI> to morrow, I will &s;tand on the top of the hill with the rod of God in mine hand.</P>
<P>So <HI>Jo&s;hua</HI> did as <HI>Mo&s;es</HI> had &s;aid un|to him, and fought with <HI>Aamalek,</HI> and <HI>Mo&s;es, Aaron,</HI> and <HI>Hur,</HI> went up to the top of the Hill.</P>
<P>And it came to pa&s;s, when <HI>Mo&s;es</HI> held up his hand, that <HI>I&s;rael</HI> prevailed: and when he let it down, <HI>Amalek</HI> prevailed.</P>
<P><HI>Io&s;hua</HI> obtained from the Lord, that the Sun and Moon &s;hould &s;tand &s;till in the firmament,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Io&s;h.</HI> 10.8, 10, 12, 13, 14.</NOTE> whiles that he avenged him&s;elf on his enemies the <HI>Amorites.</HI></P>
<P>And the Lord &s;aid unto <HI>Jo&s;hua,</HI> Fear them not, for I have delivered them in|to thine hand. And the Lord di&s;com|fited them before <HI>I&s;rael.</HI></P>
<P>Then <HI>Jo&s;hua</HI> &s;poke to the Lord, in the day when the Lord delivered up the <HI>Amorites</HI> before the children of <HI>I&s;rael,</HI> and he &s;aid in the &s;ight of <HI>I&s;rael,</HI> Sun &s;tand &s;till upon <HI>Gibeon,</HI> and thou Moon in the Valley of <HI>Aialon.</HI></P>
<P>And the &s;un &s;tood &s;till, and the Moon &s;tayed untill the People had avenged them&s;elves. So the &s;un &s;tood &s;till in the
<PB N="96" REF="74">mid&s;t of Heaven, and ha&s;ted not to go down about a whole day.</P>
<P>And there was no day like that before it or after it, that the Lord hearkned unto the voice of a man, for the Lord fought for <HI>I&s;rael.</HI></P>
<P>By Prayer <HI>Elijah</HI> brought down fire from Heaven, which con&s;umed the burnt-Sacrifice to the convincing of <HI>Baals</HI> Prophets.</P>
<P>Hear me O Lord,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Kings</HI> 18.17.38, 39. <HI>Elijahs Pray|er.</HI></NOTE> hear me, that this people may know, that thou art the Lord God, and that thou ha&s;t turned their heart back again.</P>
<P>Then the fire of the Lord fell &amp; con|&s;umed the burnt &s;acrifice, &amp; the wood, and the &s;tones, &amp; the du&s;t, and licked up the water that was in the trench.</P>
<P>And when all the people &s;aw it, they fell on their faces, and they &s;aid, The Lord he is God, the Lord he is God.</P>
<P>By Prayer <HI>Elijah</HI> brought down fire twice from Heaven, and con&s;umed the 2 Captains with their &s;everal fifties, com|ming unto him with a me&s;&s;age from <HI>Ahaziah</HI> King of <HI>Samaria.</HI></P>
<P>Then the King &s;ent unto him a Cap|tain of fifty,
<NOTE PLACE="marg">2 <HI>Kings</HI> 1.9, 11, 12.</NOTE> with his fifty, and he went up to him, (and behold he &s;ate upon the top of an hill) and he &s;poke unto him, Thou man of God, the King hath &s;aid, come down?</P>
<PB N="97" REF="74">
<P>And <HI>Elijah</HI> an&s;wered, and &s;aid to the captain of fifty, If I be a man of God, then let fire come down from heaven, and con&s;ume thee, and thy fifty; and there came down fire from heaven, and con&s;umed him and his fifty.</P>
<P>Again, al&s;o he &s;ent unto him ano|ther captain of fifty, with his fifty, and he an&s;wered, and &s;aid unto him, O man of God, thus hath the king &s;aid, come down quickly.</P>
<P>And <HI>Elijah</HI> an&s;wered, and &s;aid un|to them, If I be a man of God, let fire come down from heaven, and con|&s;ume thee and thy fifty; and the fire of God came down from heaven, and con&s;umed him and his fifty.</P>
<P>By prayer,
<NOTE PLACE="marg">1 <HI>Kin.</HI> 17.21, 22.</NOTE> <HI>Elijah</HI> rai&s;ed the wi|dows &s;on from death to life again.</P>
<P>And he cried unto the Lord, and &s;aid, I pray thee, let this childs &s;oul come into him again.</P>
<P>And the Lord heard the voice of <HI>E|lijah,</HI> and the &s;oul of the child came into him again, and he revived.</P>
<P>By prayer <HI>Eli&s;ha</HI> cau&s;ed the waters of <HI>Jordan</HI> to be divided, &s;miting of them with the mantle which fell from <HI>Elijah.</HI></P>
<P>He took up al&s;o the mantle of <HI>Eli|jah,</HI>
<NOTE PLACE="marg">2 <HI>Kin.</HI> 2.14.</NOTE>
<PB N="98" REF="75">that fell from him, and &s;mote the waters, and &s;aid, Where is the Lord God of <HI>Elijah?</HI> and when he al&s;o had &s;mitten the waters, they parted hither and thither, and <HI>Eli&s;ha</HI> went over.</P>
<P>By prayer <HI>Eli&s;ha</HI> rai&s;ed the <HI>Shuna|mites</HI> &s;on, from death to life again.</P>
<P>And when <HI>Eli&s;ha</HI> was come into the hou&s;e,
<NOTE PLACE="marg">2 <HI>Kin.</HI> 4.32, 33, 35, 36.</NOTE> behold, the child was dead, and laid upon his bed.</P>
<P>He went in therefore, and &s;hut the door upon them twain, and prayed unto the Lord.</P>
<P>And the child nee&s;ed &s;even times, and the child opened his eyes.</P>
<P>And when &s;he was come in unto him, he &s;aid, Take up thy &s;on.</P>
<P>By prayer <HI>Samp&s;on</HI> pulled the hou&s;e down,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Judg.</HI> 16.30.</NOTE> and killed more at his death, than in his life.</P>
<P>By prayer <HI>Ahijah</HI> obtained victory again&s;t <HI>Jeroboam</HI> king of <HI>I&s;rael,</HI>
<NOTE PLACE="marg">2 <HI>Chron.</HI> 13. 14, 15, 16, 17, 18.</NOTE> with half the number, becau&s;e they did re|lye on God.</P>
<P>By prayer the great army of <HI>Senna|cherib</HI> king of <HI>A&s;&s;yria,</HI>
<NOTE PLACE="marg">2 <HI>Chron.</HI> 32.2, 3, 6, 7, 8, 19, 20, 21.</NOTE> coming again&s;t <HI>Hezekiah</HI> king of <HI>Iudah,</HI> was over|thrown by the Angel of the Lord from heaven.</P>
<P>And they &s;pake again&s;t the God of <HI>Ieru&s;alem.</HI></P>
<PB N="99" REF="75">
<P>For this cau&s;e, <HI>Hezekiah</HI> the king,
<NOTE PLACE="marg">2 <HI>Kin.</HI> 19.15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 34, 35, 37. <HI>I&s;aiah</HI> 39.37, <HI>the &s;ame.</HI></NOTE> and the prophet <HI>I&s;aiah,</HI> the &s;on of <HI>A|mos,</HI> prayed, and cried to heaven.</P>
<P>And the Lord &s;ent an Angel, which cut off all the mighty men of valour, and the leaders, and the captains in the camp of the king of <HI>A&s;&s;yria.</HI> So he re|turned with &s;hame to his own land. And when he was come into the hou&s;e of his god, they that came out of his own bowels, &s;lew him there with the &s;word.</P>
<P>And <HI>Hezekiah</HI> prayed before the Lord, and &s;aid, O Lord God of <HI>I&s;rael,</HI>
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Hezekiahs prayer.</HI> 2 <HI>Kin.</HI> 19.15, 16, 19, 20, 35.</NOTE> which dwelle&s;t between the Cheru|bims, thou art the God, even thou a|lone, of all the kingdomes of the earth; thou ha&s;t made heaven and earth.</P>
<P>Lord, bow down thine ear, and hear,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>I&s;aiah</HI> 36.37. <HI>the &s;ame.</HI></NOTE> open Lord, thine eyes, and &s;ee: and hear the words of <HI>Sennacherib,</HI> which hath &s;ent him to reproch the living God.</P>
<P>Now therefore, O Lord, our God, I be&s;eech thee, &s;ave us out of his hand, that all the kingdomes of the earth may know, that thou art the Lord God, even thou onely.</P>
<P>Then <HI>I&s;aiah</HI> the &s;on of <HI>Amos</HI> &s;ent to <HI>Hezekiah,</HI> &s;aying, Thus &s;aith the
<PB N="100" REF="76">Lord God of <HI>I&s;rael,</HI> that which thou ha&s;t prayed to me again&s;t <HI>Sennache|rib</HI> king of <HI>A&s;&s;yria,</HI> I have heard.</P>
<P>And it came to pa&s;&s;e that night, that the Angel of the Lord went out, and &s;mote in the camp of the <HI>A&s;&s;yrians,</HI> an hundred four&s;core and five thou&s;and, and when they aro&s;e early in the mor|ning, behold, they were all dead corp|&s;es.</P>
<P>By prayer <HI>A&s;a</HI> king of <HI>Iudah,</HI>
<NOTE PLACE="marg">2 <HI>Chron.</HI> 14.9, 10, 11, 12.</NOTE> ob|tained victory again&s;t <HI>Zerah</HI> the <HI>Ethi|opian,</HI> who came again&s;t him, with an ho&s;t of a thou&s;and thou&s;and, and three hundred chariots.</P>
<P>And <HI>A&s;a</HI> cried unto the Lord his God:
<NOTE PLACE="marg">The prayer of king A&s;a.</NOTE> And &s;aid, Lord, it is nothing with thee to help, whether with many, or with them that have no power; Help us, O Lord our God, for we re&s;t on thee, and in thy name we go again&s;t this multitude: O Lord, thou art God, let not man prevail again&s;t thee. So the Lord &s;mote the <HI>Ethiopians</HI> before <HI>A&s;a,</HI> and before <HI>Iudah,</HI> and the <HI>Ethi|opians</HI> fled.</P>
<P>By prayer <HI>Iudeth</HI> prevailed again&s;t the <HI>A&s;&s;yrians,</HI>
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Judith</HI> 9.7, 8, 71.</NOTE> who tru&s;ted in their &s;trength,
<NOTE PLACE="marg">Judiths pray|er.</NOTE> force, and power. Her pray|er to God to throw down their &s;trength.</P>
<PB N="101" REF="76">
<P>For thy power &s;tandeth not in mul|titude, nor thy might, in &s;trong men: for thou art the God of the afflicted, an helper of the oppre&s;&s;ed, an uphold|er of the weak, a protector of the for|lorn, a &s;aviour of them that are with|out help.</P>
<P>By prayer <HI>Iudas Maccabeus</HI> obtain|ed victory from God,
<NOTE PLACE="marg">2 <HI>Maccabees</HI> 8.20, 36.</NOTE> again&s;t <HI>Nica|nor;</HI> and with eight thou&s;and men ob|tained victory again&s;t an hundred and twenty thou&s;and in <HI>Babylon,</HI> becau&s;e of the help they had from heaven, and becau&s;e the Jews had God to fight for them, and therefore they could not be hurt.</P>
<P>By prayer <HI>Lazarus</HI> being dead, and having been four dayes in the grave, was rai&s;ed up again from death to life.</P>
<P>And Jefus lift up his eyes, and &s;aid,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>John</HI> 11.4, 42, 43, 44.</NOTE> Father, I thank thee, that thou ha&s;t heard me.</P>
<P>And I know that thou heare&s;t me alwayes; but becau&s;e of the people which &s;tand by, I &s;aid it, that they may believe that thou ha&s;t &s;ent me.</P>
<P>And when he had thus &s;poken,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="MURP" EXTENT="1 span"></NOTE> he cried with a loud voice, <HI>Lazarus,</HI> come forth.</P>
<PB N="102" REF="77">
<P>And he that was dead came forth, bound hand and foot, with his grave-clothes; and his face was bound with a napkin:</P>
<P>Je&s;us &s;aith unto them, Loo&s;e him, and let him go.</P>
<P>By prayer, the Holy Gho&s;t fell down upon tho&s;e which believed.</P>
<P>And when they had prayed,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Acts</HI> 4.31.</NOTE> the place was &s;haken, where they were a&s;&s;embled together, and they were all filled with the Holy Gho&s;t, and they &s;pake the word of God with bold|ne&s;&s;e.</P>
<P>By prayer, <HI>Tabitha</HI> was rai&s;ed by <HI>Peter,</HI> from death, to life again.</P>
<P>But <HI>Peter</HI> put them all forth,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Acts</HI> 9.40, 41.</NOTE> and kneeled down, and prayed, and turn|ing him to the body, &s;aid, <HI>Tabitha,</HI> a|ri&s;e, and &s;he opened her eyes: and when &s;he &s;aw <HI>Peter,</HI> &s;he &s;at up.</P>
<P>And he gave her his hand, and lift her up: and when he had called the &s;aints and widows, he pre&s;ented her alive.</P>
<P>By prayer, St. <HI>Paul</HI> healed the fa|ther of <HI>Publius,</HI> and others, of their di&s;ea&s;es.</P>
<P>And it came to pa&s;&s;e,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Acts</HI> 28.8, 9.</NOTE> that the fa|ther of <HI>Publius</HI> lay &s;ick of a fever, and of a bloudy flux, to whom <HI>Paul</HI> en|tred,
<PB N="103" REF="77">and prayed, and laid his hands on him, and healed him.</P>
<P>So when this was done, others al&s;o which had di&s;ea&s;es in the I&s;land, came and were healed.</P>
<P>Prayer, as a Father ob&s;erveth, is as a &s;trong city of refuge for us, there|by to fly unto God in our greate&s;t need.</P>
<P>Some, in prayer, as one ob&s;erveth, never regard what they ask, nor how: whereupon a Father &s;aith,</P>
<P>If in prayer we ask of God we care not what, we &s;hall then be heard of him we know not when, and have one thing granted us for another;
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Matth.</HI> 20.20, 21, 22, 23. <HI>James</HI> 4.3.</NOTE> as the mother of <HI>Zebedeus</HI> children had.</P>
<P>Ye ask, and receive not, becau&s;e ye ask ami&s;&s;e, that ye may con&s;ume it upon your lu&s;ts.</P>
<P>We are often, nay continually in great danger, and therefore we mu&s;t often, nay continually pray unto God for pre&s;ervation, and deliverance from all dangers.</P>
<P>And as S.
<NOTE PLACE="marg">S. Bernards ob&s;ervation, as touching the u&s;e of prayer.</NOTE> <HI>Bernard</HI> ob&s;erveth thus much of often prayer, &s;o we mu&s;t due|ly, and carefully follow the &s;ame rule by him pre&s;cribed: as name|ly;</P>
<P>When we go out of our hou&s;e,
<PB N="104" REF="78">let prayer alwayes arm us, accompany us, and ever attend upon us, for Gods ble&s;&s;ing, and pre&s;ervation of us.</P>
<P>And when we return home again, let prayer ever meet us at the doors, to return thanks to God for our pre|&s;ervation.</P>
<P>And &s;o again at night,
<NOTE PLACE="marg">St. Bernards Rules to be ob|&s;erved in pray|er.</NOTE> for our dayes &s;afety.</P>
<P>And in the morning the like, for our nights re&s;t.</P>
<P>And in all things, we are to &s;hew, and to expre&s;&s;e our thankfulne&s;&s;e to God, for all his good ble&s;sings on us, from time to time be&s;towed: and all this we are to expre&s;&s;e, by our true, and hearty prayer; as St. <HI>Bernard</HI> ob|&s;erveth.</P>
<P>And in our prayers to God, we mu&s;t ever ob&s;erve this rule: as name|ly;</P>
<P><MILESTONE N="1"> Fir&s;t, We mu&s;t recommend our prayers unto God, with all humble|ne&s;&s;e of mind.</P>
<P><MILESTONE N="2"> Secondly, We mu&s;t do, and perform this duty of prayer unto God, with zeal and fervency.</P>
<P><MILESTONE N="3"> Thirdly, We mu&s;t ever, in the la&s;t place, (and which is above all) pray unto God, to teach us to pray.</P>
<PB N="105" REF="78">
<P><MILESTONE N="1"> Fir&s;t, With humblene&s;&s;e of mind, for that God re&s;i&s;teth the proud, but giveth grace to the humble.</P>
<P>Surely,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Prov.</HI> 3.34.</NOTE> he &s;corneth the &s;corn|ers, but he giveth grace to the low|ly.</P>
<P>When men are ca&s;t down,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Job.</HI> 22.29.</NOTE> then thou &s;halt &s;ay there is lifting up, and he &s;hall &s;ave the humble per&s;on.</P>
<P>Yea,
<NOTE PLACE="marg">1 <HI>Pet.</HI> 5.5.</NOTE> all of you be &s;ubject one to another, and be clothed with humili|ty, for God re&s;i&s;teth the proud, and giveth grace to the humble.</P>
<P><MILESTONE N="2"> Secondly, With zeal and ferven|cy.</P>
<P>Hereupon a Father &s;aith,</P>
<P>The prayer of the &s;pirit and &s;oul, is the &s;pirit, the &s;oul, and the life of prayer.</P>
<P>So <HI>Hannah</HI> prayed in her heart,
<NOTE PLACE="marg">1 <HI>Sam.</HI> 1.13.</NOTE> onely her lips moved, but her voice was not heard.</P>
<P>The prayer of faith &s;hall &s;ave the &s;ick, and the Lord &s;hall rai&s;e him up.</P>
<P>Confe&s;&s;e your faults one to ano|ther, and pray one for another,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>James</HI> 5.15, 16.</NOTE> that ye may be healed: the effectuall fer|vent prayer of a righteous man avail|eth much.</P>
<P><MILESTONE N="3"> Thirdly, To pray to God, to teach us to pray.</P>
<PB N="106" REF="79">
<P>And it came to pa&s;&s;e,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Luke</HI> 11.1, 20. <HI>Matth.</HI> 6.5, 7, 8, 9.</NOTE> that as be was praying in a certain place, when he cea&s;ed, one of his di&s;ciples &s;aid un|to him, Lord, teach us to pray, as <HI>Iohn</HI> al&s;o taught his di&s;ciples.</P>
<P>And he &s;aid unto them, When ye pray, &s;ay, Our Father, which art in heaven, <HI>&amp;c.</HI></P>
</DIV1>
<DIV1 N="5" TYPE="chapter">
<PB N="107" REF="79">
<HEAD>CHAP. V. <HI>As touching Afflictions, how nece&s;&s;ary they are for us here in this l fe: and what good u&s;e we are to make of them to our &s;elves.</HI></HEAD>
<P>BEfore I was afflicted,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>P&s;al.</HI> 119.67, 71.</NOTE> I went a|&s;tray: but now have I kept thy word.</P>
<P>It is good for me, that I have been afflicted: that I might learn thy &s;ta|tutes.</P>
<P>Is any among you afflicted?
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>James</HI> 5.13</NOTE> let him pray: is any merry? let him &s;ing p&s;almes.</P>
<P>It is good for a man,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Lament.</HI> 3.2.</NOTE> that he bear the yoke in his youth.</P>
<P>Come unto me, all ye that labour,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Matt.</HI> 11.28, 29, 30.</NOTE> and are heavy laden, and I will give you re&s;t.</P>
<P>Take my yoke upon you, and learn of me, for I am meek, and lowly in heart: and ye &s;hall find re&s;t unto your &s;ouls.</P>
<P>For my yoke is ea&s;ie, and my bur|den light.</P>
<P>And if they be bound in fetters,
<PB N="108" REF="80">and be holden in cords of afflicti|on.
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Job</HI> 36.8.</NOTE></P>
<P>Unle&s;&s;e thy Law had been my de|light,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>P&s;al.</HI> 119.92.</NOTE> I &s;hould then have peri&s;hed in mine affliction.</P>
<P>Thou,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Judith</HI> 9.11.</NOTE> O God, art a God of the af|flicted, and a helper of the oppre&s;&s;ed.</P>
<P>The true u&s;e of afflictions, and wherefore God layeth afflictions on us here in this world.</P>
<P>God doth &s;end his afflictions, and doth lay the &s;ame here upon us, for the&s;e en&s;uing cau&s;es; All of them tending to our good: as namely;</P>
<P><MILESTONE N="1"> Fir&s;t, thereby as it were to wean us, and bring us home unto him&s;elf.</P>
<P><MILESTONE N="2"> Secondly, thereby to make us out of love with the things of this world, that we &s;hould not cleave too fa&s;t un|to them: (even as the nur&s;e puts mu|&s;tard on her brea&s;t to wean the child, and &s;o thereby to make it out of love with the tear,) even &s;o God deals with us by his afflictions, thereby, as it were, to wean us from &s;etling of our delight on the things and plea&s;ures of the world.</P>
<P><MILESTONE N="3"> Thirdly, thereby to make us to look up unto him for help.</P>
<P>In my di&s;tre&s;&s;e,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>P&s;al.</HI> 120.1.</NOTE> I cried unto the Lord, and he heard me.</P>
<PB N="109" REF="80">
<P>For thou, O God, ha&s;t proved us, thou ha&s;t tried us, as &s;ilver is tried.</P>
<P>Thou broughte&s;t us into the net,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>P&s;al.</HI> 66.10, 11.</NOTE> thou layed&s;t affliction upon our loyns.</P>
<P>Many are the afflictions of the righ|teous,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>P&s;al.</HI> 34.19.</NOTE> but the Lord delivereth him out of them all.</P>
<P>The Lord doth &s;courge them that come near unto him,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Judith</HI> 8.27.</NOTE> to admoni&s;h them.</P>
<P>Affliction cometh not forth of the du&s;t,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Job</HI> 5.6.</NOTE> neither doth trouble &s;pring out of the ground.</P>
<P>But the more they afflicted them,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Exod.</HI> 1.12.</NOTE> the more they multiplied, and grew.</P>
<P>And the children of <HI>I&s;rael</HI> &s;ighed by rea&s;on of the bondage,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Exod.</HI> 2.23, 24, 25.</NOTE> and they cried, and their cry came up unto God, by rea&s;on of the bondage.</P>
<P>And God heard their groaning, and God remembred his covenant.</P>
<P>And God looked upon the children of <HI>I&s;rael,</HI> and had re&s;pect to them.</P>
<P>O Lord, my &s;trength,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Jer.</HI> 16.19.</NOTE> and my for|tre&s;&s;e, and my refuge in the day of af|fliction.</P>
<P><MILESTONE N="4"> Fourthly, that &s;o he may thereby keep us the fa&s;ter unto him&s;elf; yea, e|ven with the cords of afflictions.</P>
<P>Hereupon St. <HI>Augu&s;tin</HI> well &s;aith,
<NOTE PLACE="marg">St. Augu&s;tin.</NOTE></P>
<P><HI>Qui te flagitat in hac vita, ad emen|dum,
<PB N="110" REF="81">non ad damnandum hoc facit.</HI> That God which doth here afflict and cha|&s;ti&s;e thee, he doth this onely, and principally for thy amendment, and not for thy ruine and de&s;truction.</P>
<P>And again, St. <HI>Augu&s;tin.</HI></P>
<P><HI>Hic,</HI>
<NOTE PLACE="marg">St. Augu&s;tin.</NOTE> <HI>ut in aeternum parcas.</HI> Lord, lay thou here on me what torments thou &s;halt &s;ee good for me in thy ju|&s;tice and mercy, &s;o as thou re&s;erve for me eternity after this life ended. Lay here what afflictions thou wilt on me.</P>
<P>We mu&s;t through much tribulation enter into the kingdome of God.
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Acts</HI> 14.22.</NOTE></P>
<P>Afflictions, (as one ob&s;erveth) are in&s;eparable, but not infallible notes of &s;alvation, for none &s;hall be &s;aved but he mu&s;t &s;uffer afflictions: but all that are afflicted, &s;hall not be &s;aved.</P>
<P><HI>Cau&s;a facit beatos, non martyrium,</HI> as one ob&s;erveth.</P>
<P>It is the cau&s;e which maketh men happy, not martyrdome.</P>
<P>The depth of affliction is the chief|e&s;t &s;tirrer up of devotion. Witne&s;&s;e the children of I&s;rael in <HI>Egypt, David</HI> in all his troubles, <HI>Daniel</HI> in the lions denn, <HI>Ionah</HI> in the whales belly, <HI>Ma|na&s;&s;eh</HI> in his afflictions, and the three Children in the fiery furnace.</P>
<PB N="111" REF="81">
<P>Hereupon <HI>Hugo</HI> well &s;aith,
<NOTE PLACE="marg">Hugo.</NOTE></P>
<P><HI>Gravamen temporale, e&s;t medicamen &s;pirituale.</HI> A temporall affliction is a &s;pirituall medicine.</P>
<P>And as another well ob&s;erveth,</P>
<P><HI>Nemo potest a deliciis tran&s;ire ad delicias.</HI> None can pa&s;&s;e from tho&s;e vain and tran&s;itory plea&s;ures, and de|lights of this world, unto the perma|nent, and everla&s;ting delights in the kingdome of heaven.</P>
<P>For we mu&s;t not look to enjoy here a heaven upon earth,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Rom.</HI> 8.28.</NOTE> and likewi&s;e to enjoy heaven hereafter.</P>
<P>For we know, that all things work together for good, to them that love God, to them who are called accor|ding to his purpo&s;e.</P>
<P><HI>Bonis bona, malis mala.</HI> Good things to good men, and ill things to ill men; as one ob&s;erveth.</P>
<P><HI>Tamet&s;i non bonum, tamen in bo|num, ut St.</HI> Augu&s;tin. Nay,
<NOTE PLACE="marg">St. Augu&s;tin.</NOTE> though the things be not good, yet they work for the good of the godly.</P>
<P>And as St. <HI>Bernard</HI> ob&s;erveth,</P>
<P>Afflictions do make a man to be more humble, wary,
<NOTE PLACE="marg">S. Bernard.</NOTE> and cautious in his wayes.</P>
<P>Afflictions and cro&s;&s;es, though harm|full to others, yet prove helpfull to the godly.</P>
<PB N="112" REF="82">
<P>Yet even their &s;ins, though not not good, yet they turn to their good, as a means to make them more lowly, more wary.</P>
<P>Yea, death it &s;elf, though in it &s;elf it be evil, and the puni&s;hment of &s;in; yet it is a means to free them, both from &s;in, and from all the fruits and effects of it, and to re&s;tore them to that life again, which by &s;in once they lo&s;t.</P>
<P>But now,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Rom.</HI> 6.22, 23.</NOTE> being made free from &s;in, and become &s;ervants to God, ye have your fruit unto holine&s;&s;e, and the end everla&s;ting life.</P>
<P>For the wages of &s;in is death, but the gift of God is eternall life, through Je&s;us Chri&s;t our Lord.</P>
<P>For thou wilt &s;ave the afflicted peo|ple,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>P&s;al.</HI> 18.27.</NOTE> but wilt bring down high looks.</P>
<P>For he hath not de&s;pi&s;ed,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>P&s;al.</HI> 22.24.</NOTE> nor abhor|red the affliction of the afflicted, nei|ther hath he hid his face from him, but when he cried unto him, he heard him.</P>
<P>Afflictions do make us fit ve&s;&s;els for Gods choice.</P>
<P>I have cho&s;en thee,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>I&s;aiah</HI> 48.10.</NOTE> in the furnace of affliction.</P>
<P>What&s;oever is brought upon thee,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Ecclus</HI> 2.4, 5, 6</NOTE> take cheerfully, and be patient when
<PB N="113" REF="82">thou art changed to a low e&s;tate.</P>
<P>For gold is tried in the fire, and ac|ceptable men in the &s;urnace of adver|&s;ity.</P>
<P>Believe in him, and he will help thee, order thy way aright, and tru&s;t in him.</P>
<P>As gold in the furnace hath he tri|ed them,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Wi&s;d.</HI> 3.6. <HI>and</HI> 4.5.</NOTE> and received them as a burnt-offering.</P>
<P>For though they be puni&s;hed in the &s;ight of men, yet is their hope full of immortality.</P>
<P>And having been a little cha&s;ti&s;ed, they &s;hall be greatly rewarded; for God proved them, and found them worthy for him&s;elf.</P>
<P>For we know,
<NOTE PLACE="marg">2 <HI>Cor.</HI> 5.1, 2.</NOTE> that if our earthly hou&s;e of this tabernacle were di&s;&s;ol|ved; We have a building of God, a hou&s;e not made with hands, eternall in the heavens.</P>
<P>For in this we groan, earne&s;tly de|&s;iring to be clothed upon, with our hou&s;e which is from heaven.</P>
<P>With my &s;oul have I de&s;ired thee in the night, yea,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>I&s;aiah</HI> 26.9.</NOTE> with my &s;pirit with|in me, will I &s;eek thee early in the morning, for when thy Judgements are in the earth, the inhabitants of the world will learn righteou&s;ne&s;&s;e.</P>
<PB N="114" REF="83">
<P>Meaning,
<NOTE PLACE="marg">Expo&s;ition.</NOTE> That by afflictions, men will learn to fear God: as the expo&s;i|tion is.</P>
<P>Afflictions are cha&s;ti&s;ements for our &s;ins.</P>
<P>Je&s;us &s;aid unto him,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>John</HI> 5.14.</NOTE> Behold, thou art made whole, &s;in no more, le&s;t a wor&s;e thing come unto thee. There|by &s;hewing, that the afflictions which we endure,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>The marginall note and ob&s;er|vation. Nehem.</HI> 9.38.</NOTE> are cha&s;ti&s;ements for our &s;ins: as the marginall note and ob&s;er|vation is.</P>
<P>Now becau&s;e of all this, we make a &s;ure covenant, and write it, and our Princes, and our Levites, and our prie&s;ts &s;eal unto it.</P>
<P>Thus by affliction they promi&s;e to keep Gods commandements,
<NOTE PLACE="marg">The marginall note and ob&s;er|vation.</NOTE> where|unto they would not be brought by Gods great benefits: as the marginall note and ob&s;ervation is.</P>
<P>Wo unto him that &s;triveth with his maker,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>I&s;aiah</HI> 45.9.</NOTE> the pot&s;herd, with the pot|&s;herds of the earth: &s;hall the clay &s;ay to him that fa&s;hioneth it, what make&s;t thou?</P>
<P>Hereby he bridleth their impatiency,
<NOTE PLACE="marg">Expo&s;ition.</NOTE> which in adver&s;ity and trouble mur|mure again&s;t God, and will not tarry his plea&s;ure: willing that man &s;hould march with his like, and not contend
<PB N="115" REF="83">again&s;t God: as the Expo&s;ition is.</P>
<P>But <HI>Hezekiah</HI> the king,
<NOTE PLACE="marg">2 <HI>Chro.</HI> 32.20.</NOTE> and the pro|phet <HI>I&s;aiah</HI> the &s;on of <HI>Amos</HI> prayed a|gain&s;t this, (or for this cau&s;e) and cried to heaven.</P>
<P>This &s;heweth what is the be&s;t refuge in all troubles and dangers:
<NOTE PLACE="marg">Expo&s;ition.</NOTE> as the Ex|po&s;ition is.</P>
<P>After troubles and afflictions,
<NOTE PLACE="marg">God comfort|eth his afflicted children, with his ble&s;sings.</NOTE> God u&s;eth to comfort his children, and &s;er|vants which do cry unto him, with his ble&s;&s;ings powred down upon them.</P>
<P>And many brought offerings unto the Lord, to <HI>Ieru&s;alem,</HI>
<NOTE PLACE="marg">2 <HI>Chro.</HI> 32.23.</NOTE> and pre&s;ents to <HI>Hezekiah</HI> king of <HI>Iudah,</HI> &s;o that he was magnified in the &s;ight of all Nations, from thenceforth.</P>
<P>Thus after trouble,
<NOTE PLACE="marg">Expo&s;ition.</NOTE> God &s;endeth comfort to all them that patiently wait on him, and con&s;tantly put their tru&s;t in his mercies: as the expo&s;ition is.</P>
<P>Mi&s;ery and afflictions are of this good u&s;e, as that they do excite,
<NOTE PLACE="marg">Affl<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="MURP" EXTENT="1 letter">ctions work in a man repentance and humiliation.</NOTE> and &s;tirr up a man to repentance; as a Fa|ther ob&s;erveth: and that puni&s;hments with afflictions, will open the eyes of a mans under&s;tanding, and draw him to God by repentance, and humiliati|on, when nothing el&s;e will.</P>
<P>And when he was in tribulation,
<NOTE PLACE="marg">2 <HI>Chron.</HI> 33.12, 13.</NOTE> he prayed unto the Lord his God, and
<PB N="116" REF="84">humbled him&s;elf greatly before the God of his fathers.</P>
<P>And prayed unto him, and God was entreated of him, and heard his pray|er, and brought him again to <HI>Ieru&s;a|lem,</HI> into his kingdome. Then <HI>Mana&s;|&s;eh</HI> knew that the Lord he was God.</P>
<P>Thus Affliction giveth under&s;tand|ing;
<NOTE PLACE="marg">Expo&s;ition.</NOTE> for he that hated God in his pro|&s;perity, now in his mi&s;ery he &s;eeketh unto him: as the expo&s;ition is.</P>
<P>The due con&s;ideration hereof will be a continuall comfort unto us, and as our &s;ouls cordiall in all times of af|fliction, and even then mo&s;t of all when all other comforts fail us.</P>
</DIV1>
<DIV1 N="6" TYPE="chapter">
<PB N="117" REF="84">
<HEAD>CHAP. VI. <HI>A Meditation upon Life and Death, and how we are at all times, and up|on all occa&s;ions, to fit and prepare our &s;elves for death, that &s;o it &s;eize not upon us at unawares.</HI></HEAD>
<P>FIr&s;t, of our life,
<NOTE PLACE="marg">Fir&s;t, Of our life here.</NOTE> and the due con&s;i|deration thereof.</P>
<P>Our life here is a &s;ea-fare, a way-fare, and a warr-fare.</P>
<P><MILESTONE N="1"> Fir&s;t, Our life is a &s;ea-fare. </P>
<P>They that go down to the &s;ea,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Our life here is a &s;ea-fare. P&s;al.</HI> 107.23, 24, 25, 26, 28, 29, 30, 31.</NOTE> in &s;hips, that do bu&s;ine&s;&s;e in great waters,</P>
<P>The&s;e &s;ee the works of the Lord, and his wonders in the deep.</P>
<P>For he commandeth, and rai&s;eth the &s;tormy wind, which lifteth up the waves thereof.</P>
<P>They mount up to the heaven, they go down again to the depths, their &s;oul is melted becau&s;e of trouble.</P>
<P>Then they cry unto the Lord in their trouble, and he bringeth them out of their di&s;tre&s;&s;e.</P>
<P>He maketh the &s;torm a calm, &s;o that the waves thereof are &s;till.</P>
<PB N="118" REF="85">
<P>Then are they glad, becau&s;e they be quiet; &s;o he bringeth them to their de|&s;ired haven.</P>
<P>Oh, that men would prai&s;e the Lord for his goodne&s;&s;e, and for his wonder|full works to the children of men.</P>
<P><MILESTONE N="2"> Secondly, Our life here is a way-fare, full of troubles,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Our life here is a way-fare. Eccle&s;.</HI> 40.1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6.</NOTE> calamities, &amp; dangers.</P>
<P>Great travell is created for every man, and an heavy yoke is upon the &s;ons of <HI>Adam,</HI> from the day that they go out of their mothers wombe, till the day that they return to the mother of all things.</P>
<P>Their imagination of things to come, and the day of death, trouble their thoughts, and cau&s;e fear of heart;</P>
<P>From him that &s;itteth on a throne of glory, unto him that is humbled in earth and a&s;hes.</P>
<P>From him that weareth purple and a crown, unto him that is clothed with a linen frock.</P>
<P>Wrath and envy, trouble and un|quietne&s;&s;e, fear of death, and anger, and &s;trife; and in the time of re&s;t upon his bed, his nights &s;leep, do change his knowledge.</P>
<P>A little, or nothing is his re&s;t, and afterwards he is in his &s;leep, as in a day of keeping watch, troubled in the
<PB N="119" REF="85">vi&s;ion of his heart, as if he were e&s;ca|ped out of a battel.</P>
<P>Such things happen unto all fle&s;h,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Eccle&s;.</HI> 40.8, 9.10.</NOTE> both man and bea&s;t, and that is &s;even fold more upon &s;inners.</P>
<P>Death and bloud&s;hed, &s;trife and &s;word, calamities, famine, tribulation, and the &s;courge.</P>
<P>The&s;e things are created for the wicked, and for their &s;akes came the floud.</P>
<P>All his wayes are plain unto the ho|ly;
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Eccle&s;.</HI> 39.24.</NOTE> &s;o are they &s;tumbling-blocks unto the wicked.</P>
<P>Who is wi&s;e,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Ho&s;ea</HI> 14.9.</NOTE> and he &s;hall under&s;tand the&s;e things, prudent, and he &s;hall know them? for the wayes of the Lord are right, and the ju&s;t &s;hall walk in them: but the tran&s;gre&s;&s;ours &s;hall fall therein.</P>
<P>For the good are good things cre|ated from the beginning; &s;o evil things for &s;inners.</P>
<P>And as this our life is a way, where|in we are continually walking, and travelling, as way-faring men, unto another Countrey. So,</P>
<P>Our life here is al&s;o as a race,
<NOTE PLACE="marg">Our life here is as a race.</NOTE> wherein we mu&s;t he continually run|ning, and not to &s;tand &s;till, at a &s;tay.</P>
<PB N="120" REF="86">
<P>Know ye not,
<NOTE PLACE="marg">1 <HI>Cor.</HI> 9.24.</NOTE> that they which run in a race, run all, but one recei|veth the prize? So run that ye may obtain.</P>
<P>And every man that &s;triveth for the ma&s;tery is temperate in all things;
<NOTE PLACE="marg">2 <HI>Cor.</HI> 9.25, 26.</NOTE> Now they do it to obtain a cor|ruptible crown, but we an incorrup|tible.</P>
<P>I therefore &s;o run, not as uncertein|ly; &s;o fight I, not as one that beateth the air.</P>
<P>Let us lay a&s;ide every weight,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Hebr.</HI> 12.1, 2.</NOTE> and the &s;in which doth &s;o ea&s;ily be&s;et us, and let us run with patience the race that is &s;et before us;</P>
<P>Looking unto Ie&s;us, the author and fini&s;her of our faith.</P>
<P><MILESTONE N="3"> Thirdly,
<NOTE PLACE="marg">Our life is a warr-fare.</NOTE> This our life is al&s;o a warr-fare; and in this our fight, our wea|pons are to be &s;pirituall.</P>
<P>Finally,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Eph.</HI> 6.10, 11.</NOTE> my brethren, be &s;trong in the Lord, and in the power of his might.</P>
<P>Put on the whole armour of God, that ye may be able to &s;tand again&s;t the wiles of the devil.</P>
<P>For though we walk in the fle&s;h,
<NOTE PLACE="marg">2 <HI>Cor.</HI> 10.3, 4, 5.</NOTE> we do not war after the fle&s;h.</P>
<P>For the weapons of our warfare are not carnall, but mighty through
<PB N="121" REF="86">God, to the pulling down of &s;trong holds.</P>
<P>Ca&s;ting down imaginations, and e|very high thing, that exalteth it &s;elf, again&s;t the knowledge of God, and bringing into captivity, every thought, to the obedience of Chri&s;t.</P>
<P>For we wre&s;tle not again&s;t fle&s;h and blood, but again&s;t Principalities,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Ephe&s;.</HI> 6.12. <HI>to</HI> 18.</NOTE> again&s;t Powers, again&s;t the Rulers of the Darkne&s;s of this World, again&s;t &s;piritual wickedne&s;&s;e in high pla|ces.</P>
<P>Wherefore take unto you the whole armour of God, that ye may be able to with&s;tand in the evill day, and having done all to &s;tand.</P>
<P>Stand therefore, having your Loins girt about with Truth, and ha|ving on the Brea&s;t-plate of righteou&s;|ne&s;s.</P>
<P>And your feet &s;hod with the prepa|ration of the Go&s;pel of Peace.</P>
<P>Above all taking the &s;hield of Faith, wherewith ye &s;hall be able to quench all the fiery Darts of the wic|ked.</P>
<P>And take the helmet of Salvation, and the word of the Spirit which
<PB N="122" REF="87">is the Word of God.</P>
<P>Praying alwaies with all prayer and &s;upplications in the Spirit, and watching thereunto with all per|&s;everance and &s;upplication, for all Saints</P>
<P>But let us who are of the day,
<NOTE PLACE="marg">1 <HI>The&s;.</HI> 5: 8, 9, 10.</NOTE> be &s;ober, putting on the Brea&s;t|plate of Faith and Love, and for an Helmet, the hope of Salvati|on.</P>
<P>For God hath not appointed us to Wrath: but to obtain &s;alvation by our Lord Ie&s;us Chri&s;t, who died for us, that whether we walk or &s;leep, we &s;hould live together with him.</P>
<P>I have fought a good fight,
<NOTE PLACE="marg">2 <HI>Tim.</HI> 4.7.</NOTE> I have fini&s;hed my cour&s;e, I have kept the Faith.</P>
<P>Henceforth there is laid up for me a Crown of righteou&s;ne&s;s which the Lord the righteous Judge &s;hall give me at that day,
<NOTE PLACE="marg">2 <HI>Tim.</HI> 4.8.</NOTE> and not to me only, but unto all them al&s;o that love his appearing.</P>
<P>It is ob&s;erved by one,
<NOTE PLACE="marg">Of Man.</NOTE> that there is in Man,</P>
<P><MILESTONE N="1"> Fir&s;t, <HI>Lacrimabilis inceptio.</HI></P>
<P>He enters into the World cry|ing.</P>
<PB N="123" REF="87">
<P N="2"><MILESTONE N="2"> 2. <HI>Brevis dimen&s;io.</HI> </P>
<P>He is here but of &s;hort continu|ance.</P>
<P N="3"><MILESTONE N="3"> 3. <HI>Tri&s;tis afflictio.</HI> </P>
<P>Sorrowfull affliction ever attending on him.</P>
<P>And in all this there is in him,</P>
<P N="4"><MILESTONE N="4"> 4. <HI>Labilis conditio.</HI> </P>
<P>A falling and back&s;liding condi|tion.</P>
<P>And in all nothing but vanity.</P>
<P><HI>Infoelicitat is fabula homo.</HI></P>
<P>Man is the very fable or &s;tory of Infelicity, as one well ob&s;er|veth.</P>
<P>It is ob&s;erved by one, that in the crying of the Child <HI>(ah)</HI> this &s;igni|fies what mi&s;erie he takes from <HI>A|dam.</HI></P>
<P>And in crying <HI>(oh)</HI> what mi&s;ery he takes from <HI>Eve.</HI></P>
<P>They &s;uck mi&s;ery and cro&s;&s;es even from their Nur&s;es teats.</P>
<P>As <HI>Tiberius,</HI>
<NOTE PLACE="marg">Tiberius,</NOTE> of whom it is writ|ten, that he was a Drunkard, be|cau&s;e his Nur&s;e was given to that vice.</P>
<P>And of <HI>Caligula,</HI>
<NOTE PLACE="marg">Caligula.</NOTE> that he was blou|dy, becau&s;e his Nur&s;e was &s;o.</P>
<P><HI>Homo Infoelicitatis exemplum, Forturae Lu&s;us, Incon&s;tantiae imago,
<PB N="124" REF="88">Injuriae, et calamitatis trutina.</HI></P>
<P>Man is the very Pattern, and ex|ample of Infelicity, the very &s;port and pa&s;time of Fortune to play upon, and the ballance of Injury and calamity, as a Father ob&s;erveth.</P>
<P><HI>Quid e&s;t homo?</HI>
<NOTE PLACE="marg">Seneca.</NOTE> <HI>morbidum, putri|dum, ca&s;&s;um, a fletu vitam au&s;pica|tum.</HI></P>
<P>What is man? but even a rotten, and a corrupt thing, good for no|thing; and beginning of his Life with crying; as <HI>Seneca</HI> ob&s;erveth.</P>
<P><HI>Na&s;citur,</HI>
<NOTE PLACE="marg">Augu&s;tine,</NOTE> <HI>et &s;tatim plorat, qui et ri|dere poterat, futurae Calamitatis pro|pheta.</HI></P>
<P>Man is born, and pre&s;ently cries, who might have laughed, being as a Prophet foretelling of his future cala|mity; as St. <HI>Augu&s;tine</HI> ob&s;erveth.</P>
<P>A Father de&s;cribing the mi&s;ery of Man &s;aith, as followeth.</P>
<P><HI>Cujus conceptio culpa, Na&s;ci poena, labor vita, et nece&s;&s;e mori.</HI></P>
<P>Who&s;e Conception is faulty, his Birth a puni&s;hment, his Life a la|bour, and a Nece&s;&s;ity in him to die.</P>
<P>Affliction commeth not forth of the Du&s;t,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Iob</HI> 5.6, 7.</NOTE> neither doth trouble &s;pring out of the Ground.</P>
<PB N="125" REF="88">
<P>Yet man is born unto trouble, as the &s;parks fly upwards.</P>
<P><HI>Nemo tam dives,</HI></P>
<P><HI>Habuit faventes,</HI></P>
<P><HI>Cra&s;tinum ut po&s;&s;it</HI></P>
<P><HI>Sibi polliceri.</HI> Seneca.
<NOTE PLACE="marg">Seneca.</NOTE></P>
<P>No man can any wayes a&s;&s;ure him|&s;elf of living till to morrow.</P>
<P><HI>Tota vita, dies unus;</HI> as a Father ob|&s;erveth: that is, Our whole life here is but as one day.</P>
<P><HI>Non potest prae&s;entem diem recte vi|vere is, qui &s;e non eum, qua&s;i ultimum victurum e&s;&s;e cogitat; ut</HI> Pater. No man can live well, and as he ought to do, unle&s;&s;e he think, and account of every day to be as it were, his very la&s;t day.</P>
<Q><L><HI>Na&s;centes morimur, fini&s;que ab ori|gine pendes,</HI></L>
<L><HI>Et pube&s;ceutes juncta &s;enecta pre|mit.</HI></L>
<L><HI>Nequities vitae, non &s;init e&s;&s;e &s;e|nem.</HI></L></Q>
<P>Being born, we dye, and our end hangs upon our beginning.</P>
<P>And as we grow up in yeares, old age pre&s;&s;eth upon us.</P>
<P>And the evils of our life will not permit and &s;uffer us to grow old.</P>
<PB N="126" REF="89">
<P><HI>Optima aliorum &s;ententia, quippe homini aiuut, non na&s;ci e&s;&s;e bonum, aut natum, cito morte perire, ut</HI> Pater. It was the opinion of &s;ome others, for man not to be born, was good, or el&s;e being born, then &s;oon to dye.</P>
<P>Many there are,
<NOTE PLACE="marg">Plin.</NOTE> <HI>Qui non na&s;ci, opti|mum cen&s;erent, aut quam ocy&s;&s;ime emo|ri.</HI> Which have thought it the be&s;t not to be born, or being born, then &s;uddenly to end his dayes, as <HI>Plinie</HI> ob&s;erveth.</P>
<P><HI>Non na&s;ci,</HI>
<NOTE PLACE="marg">Cicero.</NOTE> <HI>longe optimnm, proxi|mum quam primum mori.</HI></P>
<P>This the very heathens thought, That not to be born was farr the be&s;t, the next very &s;oon to dye, as <HI>Cicero</HI> ob&s;erveth.</P>
<P><HI>Primum bonum non na&s;ci, &s;ecundum citius mori.</HI> The fir&s;t good is not to be born, the &s;econd, &s;oon to die: as a Fa|ther ob&s;erveth.</P>
<P>Directory rules how we are to live.
<NOTE PLACE="marg">Rules how to live.</NOTE></P>
<P><HI>Qualis vita finis ita:</HI> that is, as the life is, &s;o &s;hall the end be.</P>
<P>In the place where the tree falleth,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Eccle&s;.</HI> 11.3.</NOTE> there it &s;hall be.</P>
<Q><L><HI>Heu vivunt hamines, tanquam mors nulla &s;equatur,</HI></L>
<PB N="127" REF="89">
<L><HI>Aut tanquam infernum, fabula va|na foret</HI></L></Q>
<P>Alas! men do now live as if that no death were to follow,</P>
<P>And as if Hell were but a fable.</P>
<P><HI>O quam contempta res e&s;t homo, ni&s;i &s;upra numana &s;e erexerit!</HI> O how con|temptible a thing is man, if he do not erect his thoughts to a higher pitch, than to that which is onely humane! as a Father ob&s;erveth.</P>
<P><HI>Prae&s;tat homini nunquam na&s;ci, quam non rena&s;ci: &amp; nunquam generari, quam non regenerari; ut</HI> Pater. It had been farr better for a man never to have been born, than not to be born again; and never to have been begot|ten, than not to be regenerated.</P>
<P>And Ie&s;us an&s;wered,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>John</HI> 3.3, 5, 6, 7.</NOTE> and &s;aid un|to him, Verily, verily, I &s;ay unto thee, Except a man be born a|gain, he cannot &s;ee the kingdome of God.</P>
<P>Ie&s;us an&s;wered, Verily, verily, I &s;ay unto thee, Except a man be born of water and of the Spirit, he can|not enter into the kingdome of God.</P>
<P>That which is born of the fle&s;h is fle&s;h, and that which is born of the Spirit, is &s;pirit.</P>
<PB N="128" REF="90">
<P>Marvell not, that I &s;aid unto you, Ye mu&s;t be born again.</P>
<P><HI>Melior e&s;t non e&s;&s;e, quam e&s;&s;e fi|ne Je&s;u; &amp; melior e&s;t non vivere, quam vivere &s;ine vita: ut St.</HI> Ber|nard.</P>
<P>It is farr better for a man not to be at all,
<NOTE PLACE="marg">S. <HI>Bernard.</HI></NOTE> than to be without Ie&s;us Chri&s;t, and better it were for a man not to live at all, than to live here without enjoying the happine&s;&s;e of life eter|nall hereafter; as St. <HI>Bernard</HI> ob&s;er|veth.</P>
<P>And this it was which made that good Father St.
<NOTE PLACE="marg">S. Bernard.</NOTE> <HI>Bernard</HI> to cry out, and &s;ay,</P>
<P><HI>Domine Je&s;u, e&s;to mihi Je&s;us.</HI></P>
<P>O &s;weet Lord Ie&s;us, be thou unto me, and unto my &s;oul, a Ie&s;us, a Savi|our.</P>
<P>This likewi&s;e made another Fa|ther to &s;ay after this manner:</P>
<P><HI>Non e&s;t vita, ni&s;i vera vita, &amp; non e&s;t vera vita, ni&s;i aeterna vi|ta.</HI></P>
<P>There is no life here, unle&s;&s;e the &s;ame be a true life, and there can be no true life here, without the enjoying of life eternall hereafter; as a Father ob&s;erveth.</P>
<PB N="129" REF="90">
<P>And this our life eternal, proceed|eth from our Iu&s;tification, and Sanctifi|cation here, the fruit and effect of our Glorification hereafter.</P>
<P>Knowing,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Gal.</HI> 2.16, 17, 19, 20.</NOTE> that a man is not ju&s;tified by the works of the Law, but by the Faith of Je&s;us Chri&s;t; even we have believed in Ie&s;us Chri&s;t, that we might be ju&s;tified by the Faith of Chri&s;t, and not by the works of the Law; For by the works of the Law &s;hall no Fle&s;h be ju&s;tified.</P>
<P>But if while we &s;eek to be ju&s;tified by Chri&s;t, we our &s;elves are found Sinners, is therefoae Chri&s;t the Mini|&s;ter of &s;in? God forbid.</P>
<P>For I through the Law am dead to the Law, that I might live unto God.</P>
<P>I am crucified with Chri&s;t; Ne|verthele&s;s I live, yet not I, but Chri&s;t liveth in me; And the life which I now live in the fle&s;h, I live by the Faith of the Son of God, who loved me, and gave him&s;elf for me:</P>
<P><HI>Vita vitae mortalis, e&s;t vita vitae immortalitatis.</HI></P>
<P>The life of our mortall life here is the life of our immor|tal life hereafter; as a Father well ob|&s;erveth.</P>
<PB N="130" REF="91">
<P><HI>Viam vita dicitur, per quam quili|bet natus, properat ad finem.</HI></P>
<P>Our life here,
<NOTE PLACE="marg">S. Ba&s;il.</NOTE> is the way, by which every one that is born, doth ha&s;ten unto his end; as St. <HI>Ba&s;il</HI> ob&s;er|veth.</P>
<P><HI>Ut hora, Sic fugit vita.</HI></P>
<P><HI>Sic in non homini, vertitur omnis homo, ut</HI> Poeta.</P>
<P>As the Hour &s;o our life pa&s;&s;eth a|way; and &s;o every Man is &s;uddenly turned and changed, and become no man.</P>
<P>We mu&s;t therefore be carefull how we live.</P>
<P>And herein <HI>Boetius</HI> giveth us this good rule for Directions in our Life.
<NOTE PLACE="marg">Boetius.</NOTE></P>
<P><HI>Incumbit nobis nece&s;&s;itas recte vi|vendi, cum omnia quae facimus, facta &s;unt coram oculis Judicis cuncta vi|dentis.</HI> Boetius.</P>
<P>Nece&s;&s;ity lieth upon us to live well, in this regard, That all things which we do, they are all of them acted and done before the eyes of that great Iudge of Heaven and Earth, which &s;eeth all things.</P>
<P><HI>Intra&s;ti ut exires;</HI> as one &s;aith.</P>
<P>Thou came&s;t into the world, that thou mighte&s;t go out of the world a|gain.</P>
<PB N="131" REF="91">
<P>And as an other well ob&s;erveth.</P>
<P><HI>No&s;trum vivere, &egrave; vita tran&s;ire:</HI></P>
<P>All our life here ought to be a pre|paration for death.</P>
<P>Con&s;idering this, which one ob&s;er|veth; as namely,</P>
<P><HI>Non e&s;t vitae momentum, &s;ine motu ad mortem, huc tendimus omnes, huc primus, huc ultimus ordo.</HI></P>
<P>There is, Not a moment in our Life, without &s;ome Motion towards our Death, and this is the true &s;tate and condition of all Mankind here.</P>
<P>And therefore one giveth us this good Rule to be ob&s;erved by us in the whole cour&s;e of our life.</P>
<P><HI>Proximus esto bonis, &s;i non potes op|timus e&s;&s;e.</HI></P>
<P>Follow then the good example of good men, and come as near to them as thou can&s;t do, if &s;o be thou can&s;t not be the be&s;t of all.</P>
<P>It is well ob&s;erved by one.</P>
<P><HI>Quam turpe e&s;t in eo &s;tatu vivere, in in quo non Statuas mori.</HI></P>
<P>It is a very ill thing, for any one to live in that &s;tate, manner, and condi|tion of life, in the which he would be afraid &s;o to die.</P>
<P><HI>Male vivit, qui &s;emper vivere incipit.</HI></P>
<P>He liveth very ill that is alwaies but
<PB N="132" REF="92">beginning to live well, as one ob&s;er|veth.</P>
<P>A good life is alwaies the cau&s;e of a comfortable and of a happy Death.</P>
<P>While we live here, we mu&s;t not only &s;ee and behold Death, but we mu&s;t fore&s;ee it, and duly prepare for it, before it comes.</P>
<P>One compares Death unto the Ba|&s;ilisk, The which Serpent, if it &s;ee an other, before the &s;ame be &s;een, there is then much danger to the Party fir&s;t &s;een by the Serpent: but if a man doth fir&s;t &s;ee and de&s;crie the Ba&s;ilisk, then the Serpent pre&s;ently dyeth, and &s;o no fear of danger.</P>
<P>Even &s;o, If Death be not &s;een and provided for before hand, there is then great danger, but if &s;een before hand, and &s;o provided for, the dan|ger is then pa&s;t before death commeth.</P>
<P>Hereupon a Father well &s;aith,</P>
<P><HI>Qui non vult in vita praevidere mor|tem, non pote&s;t in morte videre vi|tam.</HI></P>
<P>He that in Life, doth not fore&s;ee Death,
<NOTE PLACE="marg">Pro&s;per and S. Augu&s;tinr.</NOTE> cannot in Death behold, and enjoy everla&s;ting Life.</P>
<P><HI>Tota vita infidelium, peccatum e&s;t, et nihil bouum e&s;t, ab&s;q, &s;ummo bono; ut Pater.</HI> That is,</P>
<PB N="81" REF="92">
<P>The whole li&s;e of the Wicked, is nothing but &s;in; and there is nothing good in us, unle&s;s we have it from him, as <HI>Pro&s;per</HI> and <HI>Augu&s;tine</HI> do both of them ob&s;erve.</P>
<P>Whereupon &s;aith St. <HI>Augu&s;tine.</HI>
<NOTE PLACE="marg">S. Augu&s;tin.</NOTE></P>
<P><HI>Hic urat, hic &s;ecat, ut in po&s;terum &s;ervat. Et Domine, Domine, hic quicquid vis, ut in aeternum parcas.</HI></P>
<P>Burn me, cut me, fla&s;h me, or lay here on me what tormen<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="MURP" EXTENT="1 letter">s you will, So as thou wilt heal me and cure me of all maladies hereafter, and re|&s;erve for me, everla&s;ting life, after this life ended.</P>
<P>Of the life of Man,
<NOTE PLACE="marg">Of the life of Man, and whereunto com|pared.</NOTE> and whereunto the &s;ame is compared in regard of the frailty, incertainty, brevity, mi&s;ery, and calamity attending even on the &s;ame.</P>
<P>And <HI>Jacob</HI> &s;aid unto <HI>Pharaoh,</HI>
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Gen.</HI> 49.7.</NOTE> Few and evill have the daies of the years of my life been.</P>
<P>O remember that my life is wind.
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Iob</HI> 7.7.</NOTE></P>
<P>Man that is born of a Woman,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Iob</HI> 14.1, 2.</NOTE> is of few daies, and full of Trou|ble.</P>
<P>He commeth forth like a flower, and is cut down, he fleeth al&s;o as a &s;hadow, and continueth not.</P>
<PB N="134" REF="93">
<P>My daies are &s;wifter than a Wea|vers &s;huttle,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Iob</HI> 7.6.</NOTE> and are &s;pent without hope.</P>
<P>Now my daies are &s;wifter than a Po&s;t,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Iob</HI> 9.25, 26.</NOTE> they flee away, they &s;ee no good.</P>
<P>They are pa&s;&s;ed away as the &s;wift Ships, as the Eagle that ha&s;teth unto the prey.</P>
<P>For we are but of ye&s;terday,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Iob</HI> 8.9.</NOTE> and know nothing, becau&s;e our daies upon Earth are a &s;hadow.</P>
<P>When a few years are come,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Iob</HI> 16.22.</NOTE> then I &s;hall go the way whence I &s;hall not return.</P>
<P>For a thou&s;and years in thy &s;ight, are but as ye&s;terday, when it is pa&s;t; and as a watch in the night.</P>
<P>Thou carrie&s;t them away as with a flood;
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>P&s;.</HI> 90.4, 5, 9, 10, 12.</NOTE> they are as a &s;leep in the morning; they are like gra&s;s which groweth up.</P>
<P>In the morning it flouri&s;heth, and groweth up, in the evening it is cut down and withereth.</P>
<P>For all our daies are pa&s;&s;ed away in thy wrath: we &s;pend our years, as a Tale that is told.</P>
<P>The daies of our years, are three|&s;core years and ten, and if by rea&s;on of &s;trength, they be four&s;core years,
<PB N="135" REF="93">yet is their &s;trength, labour and &s;or|row, for it is &s;oon cut off, and we flye away.</P>
<P>So teach us to number our daies, that we may apply our hearts unto wi&s;dome.</P>
<P>For my daies are con&s;umed like &s;moak:
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>P&s;.</HI> 102.3, 4, 11.</NOTE> and my bones are burnt as an hearth.</P>
<P>My heart is &s;mitten and withered like gra&s;s.</P>
<P>My daies are like a &s;hadow that declyneth:
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>P&s;.</HI> 103.14, 15, 16.</NOTE> I am whithered like gra&s;s.</P>
<P>For he knoweth our frame; he re|membreth that we are du&s;t.</P>
<P>As for Man, his daies are as gra&s;s: as a flower of the field &s;o he flouri&s;h|eth. For the wind pa&s;&s;eth over it, and it is gone: and the place thereof &s;hall know it no more.</P>
<P>Lord what is Man,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>P&s;.</HI> 144.3, 4.</NOTE> that thou take&s;t knowledge of him? or the Son of Man that thou make&s;t account of him?</P>
<P>Man is like to vanity: his daies are as as a &s;hadow that pa&s;&s;eth a|way.</P>
<P>The voyce &s;aid cry; And I &s;aid,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>I&s;aiah</HI> 40.6, 7, 8.</NOTE> What &s;hall I cry? All fle&s;h is gra&s;s, and all the goodliness thereof, is as the flower of the field.</P>
<PB N="136" REF="94">
<P>The gra&s;s whithereth, the flower fa|deth, becau&s;e the &s;pirit of the Lord bloweth upon it. Surely the People is Gra&s;s.</P>
<P>The gra&s;s whithereth, the flower fadeth: But the Word of our God &s;hall &s;hall &s;tand for ever.</P>
<P>Let the Brother of low Degree,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Ia.</HI> 1.9, 10, 11.</NOTE> re|joyce, in that he is exalted.</P>
<P>But the Rich in that he is made low: becau&s;e as the flower of the gra&s;s he &s;hall pa&s;s away.</P>
<P>For the Sun is no &s;ooner ri&s;en with a burning heat, but it withereth the gra&s;s, and the flower therof falleth, and the grace of the fa&s;hion of it pe|ri&s;heth: So al&s;o &s;hall the rich man fade away in his waies.</P>
<P>Go to now,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Ia.</HI> 4.13, 14.</NOTE> ye that &s;ay, To day or to morrow we will go into &s;uch a City, and continue there a year, and buy and &s;ell, and get gain,</P>
<P>Whereas ye know not what &s;hall be on the morrow: for what is your life? it is even a vapour, that appear|eth for a little time, and then vani&s;h|eth away.</P>
<P>For that ye ought to &s;ay,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Ia.</HI> 4.15.</NOTE> If the Lord will, we &s;hall live and do this or that.</P>
<P>Being born again,
<NOTE PLACE="marg">1 <HI>Pet.</HI> 1.23, 24, 25.</NOTE> not of corrup|tible
<PB N="137" REF="94">food, but of incorruptible, by the Word of God, which liveth and abi|deth for ever.</P>
<P>For all fle&s;h is as gra&s;s, and all the glory of Man, as the flower of the gra&s;s: the gra&s;s withereth, and the &s;lower thereof falleth away.</P>
<P>But the Word of the Lord endureth for ever.</P>
<P>No man is &s;ure of his life.
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Iob</HI> 24.22.</NOTE></P>
<P>What Man is he that de&s;ireth life,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>P&s;.</HI> 34.12, 13, 14.</NOTE> and loveth many daies, that he may &s;ee good?</P>
<P>Keep thy Tongue from evill; and thy Lips from &s;peaking guile.</P>
<P>Depart from evill, and do good, &s;eek peace and pur&s;ue it.</P>
<P>How excellent is thy loving kind|ne&s;s O God?
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>P&s;.</HI> 36.7, 9.</NOTE> therefore the Children of Men put their Tru&s;t under the &s;ha|dow of thy Wings.</P>
<P>For with Thee is the Fountain of Life, and in this Light &s;hall we &s;ee light.</P>
<P>Come and &s;ee the works of God;
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>P&s;.</HI> 66.5, 9.</NOTE> he is terrible in his doings towards the Sons of men.</P>
<P>Which holdeth our Soul in life, and &s;uffereth not our feet to be mo|ved.</P>
<P>By all this, the frailty, mutabili|ty,
<PB N="138" REF="95">and incertainty of the life of Man here in this World, doth evidently appear unto us; and that by rea&s;on of the mi&s;eries and calamities attend|ing of the &s;ame, we have no moving cau&s;e to make us to de&s;ire the long continuance thereof, here in this vale of mi&s;ery, but earne&s;tly to de&s;ire, and hope for the fruition of a better life hereafter, and even to &s;ay with St. <HI>Paul,</HI></P>
<P><HI>Cupio di&s;solvi et e&s;se cum Chri|sto.</HI></P>
<P>I de&s;ire to be di&s;&s;olved,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Philip.</HI> 1.23.</NOTE> and to be with Chri&s;t.</P>
<P>And as touching this our life here, and all the enjoyments we have there|in, we may well conclude all, and &s;ay with the Preacher,</P>
<P>Vanity of Vanities,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Eccle&s;.</HI> 12.8.</NOTE> all is vanity.</P>
<P>And with this to &s;um up the whole duty of Man; being this,</P>
<P>Fear God,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Eccle&s;.</HI> 12.13.</NOTE> and keep his Comman|dements, for this is the whole duty of Man.</P>
<P>Of life eternal,
<NOTE PLACE="marg">Of life eternal, of the Giver thereof, and the manner of the gift.</NOTE> the giver thereof, and the manner of the Gift, with the great and unexpre&s;&s;ible benefits that doth redound thereby, unto the dear and elect Children of God.</P>
<PB N="139" REF="95">
<P>Ble&s;s the Lord O my Soul,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>P&s;.</HI> 103.1, 4.</NOTE> and all that is within me ble&s;&s;e his holy name,</P>
<P>Who redeemeth thy life from de|&s;truction; who crowneth Thee with loving kindne&s;&s;e, and tender mer|cies.</P>
<P>My Sheep hear my voice,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Io.</HI> 10.27.28.</NOTE> and I know them, and they follow me.</P>
<P>And I give unto them eternal life, and they &s;hall never peri&s;h; neither &s;hall any man pluck them out of my hand.</P>
<P>Ie&s;us &s;aid unto her,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Io.</HI> 11.25.26.</NOTE> I am the re|&s;urrection and the life: he that be|lieveth in me, though he were dead, yet &s;hall he live.</P>
<P>And who&s;oever liveth, and belie|in me, &s;hall never dye.</P>
<P>And this is life eternal,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Io.</HI> 17.3.</NOTE> That they might know Thee the only true God, and Ie&s;us Chri&s;t whom thou ha&s;t &s;ent.</P>
<P>God that made the World,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Acts</HI> 17.24, 25, 26.</NOTE> and all things therein, He giveth to all, life, and breath, and all things.</P>
<P>For in him we live, move, and have our being.</P>
<P>But now being made free from &s;in,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Rom.</HI> 6.22, 23.</NOTE> and become Servants to God, ye have your fruit unto holine&s;s, and the end
<PB N="140" REF="96">everla&s;ting Life.</P>
<P>For the wages of &s;in is death: but the gift of God is eternal life, through Ie&s;us Chri&s;t our Lord.</P>
<P>If in this life only we have hope in Chri&s;t,
<NOTE PLACE="marg">1 <HI>Cor.</HI> 15.19.</NOTE> we are of all men mo&s;t mi&s;e|rable.</P>
<P>The Letter killeth,
<NOTE PLACE="marg">2 <HI>Cor.</HI> 3.8.</NOTE> but the Spirit gi|veth life.</P>
<P>If ye then be ri&s;en with Chri&s;t,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Collo&s;.</HI> 3.1.</NOTE> &s;eek tho&s;e things which are above, where Chri&s;t &s;itteth on the right hand of God.</P>
<P>Set your Affections on things above,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Collo&s;.</HI> 3.2, 3, 4.</NOTE> not on things on the earth.</P>
<P>For ye are dead, and your life is hid with Chri&s;t in God.</P>
<P>When Chri&s;t, who is your life, &s;hall appear, then &s;hall ye al&s;o appear with him in glory.</P>
<P>Fight the good fight of Faith,
<NOTE PLACE="marg">1 <HI>Tim.</HI> 6.12.</NOTE> lay hold on eternal life, whereunto thou art called.</P>
<P>Hereby perceive we the love of God,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Jo.</HI> 3.16.</NOTE> becau&s;e he laid down his life for us.</P>
<P>And this is the record,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Jo.</HI> 5.11, 12, 13, 20.</NOTE> That God hath given to us eternal life: and this life is in his Son.</P>
<P>He that hath the Son, hath life; and he that hath not the Son of God, hath not life.</P>
<PB N="141" REF="96">
<P>The&s;e things have I written unto you, That ye believe on the name of the Son of God, that ye may know that ye have eternal life, and that ye may believe on the Son of God.</P>
<P>And we know that the Son of God is come, and hath given us an under|&s;tanding, that we may know him that is true: and we are in him that is true, even in his Son Ie&s;us Chri&s;t: this is the true God and eter|nal life.
<NOTE PLACE="marg">S. <HI>Bernard.</HI></NOTE></P>
<P><HI>Duo animi &agrave; Deo dati, cu&s;todes do|me&s;tici, pudor, et timor. Qui pudo|rem ami&s;it, be&s;tiae par e&s;t, qui timorem excu<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="MURP" EXTENT="2 letters">t, be&s;tia pejor e&s;t.</HI></P>
<P>God hath given us two Dome&s;tick Keepers of our Souls; as namely, Shamefa&s;tne&s;s, and Fear. He which ca&s;teth away all Shamefa&s;tne&s;s from him, may well (by way of com|pari&s;on) be accounted equal unto the very bea&s;t: and he which &s;haketh off from him all manner of Fear, is in a far wor&s;e manner than the bea&s;ts; as St. <HI>Bernard</HI> ob&s;erveth.</P>
<P>And for our better di&s;tinction, in the whole cour&s;e of our lives here, we ought alwaies to have the&s;e two props or Pillars, like the &s;tern of a
<PB N="142" REF="97">&s;hip, to &s;tear and govern all our acti|on aright; as namely,</P>
<P>Care and Fear.
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Actions.</HI></NOTE></P>
<P><MILESTONE N="1"> Fir&s;t, Carefulne&s;&s;e to &s;erve, and plea&s;e God according to his Will re|vealed unto us, in and by his holy Word.</P>
<P>Teach me thy way O Lord,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>P&s;.</HI> 86.11.</NOTE> and I will walk in thy Truth: O knit my heart unto thee, that I may fear thy name.</P>
<P>I will run the way of thy Comman|dements,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>P&s;.</HI> 119.32.</NOTE> when thou &s;halt enlarge my heart.</P>
<P>Teach me O Lord the way of thy Statutes,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>P&s;.</HI> 119.33, 34, 35.</NOTE> and I &s;hall keep it unto the end.</P>
<P>Give me under&s;tanding, and I &s;hall keep thy Law, yea I &s;hall ob&s;erve it with my whole heart.</P>
<P>Make me to go in the path of thy Commandements, for therein do I de|light,</P>
<P><MILESTONE N="2"> Secondly, Fearfullne&s;&s;e of offending God.</P>
<P>And being thus armed with the&s;e 2 good &s;upporters, </P>
<P>With this con&s;tant and continu|al care, and fear, They will make us wary, in all our actions, of this life, and will cau&s;e us to walk carefully, in
<PB N="143" REF="97">all our proceedings in the whole cour&s;e of our life here, the which will doubtle&s;&s;e be a very great com|fort to us hereafter.</P>
<P>For that as one very well ob&s;er|veth,</P>
<P>A good life is alwaies the cau&s;e of a happy and of a comfortable death.</P>
<P><MILESTONE N="2"> Secondly, Of Death, and how we are at all times, and upon all occa&s;ions, to fit and prepare our &s;elves for the &s;ame,
<NOTE PLACE="marg">Of our Death, and preparati|for the &s;ame.</NOTE> that &s;o Death take us not unawares, and unprepared for the &s;ame.</P>
<P>O Death! how bitter is the remem|brance of Thee, to a man that liveth at re&s;t in his Po&s;&s;e&s;&s;ions,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Ecclus.</HI> 41:1, 2, 3, 4.</NOTE> unto the Man that hath nothing to vex him, and that hath Pro&s;perity in all things; yea unto him that is yet able to re|ceive meat? O Death! acceptable is thy &s;entence unto the Needy, and unto him who&s;e &s;trength faileth, that is now in the la&s;t age, and is vexed with all things, and to him that de&s;paireth, and hath lo&s;t patience?</P>
<P>Fear not the &s;entence of Death; remember them that have been before
<PB N="144" REF="98">thee, and that come after thee, for this is the &s;entence of the Lord over all fle&s;h.</P>
<P>And why art thou again&s;t the plea&s;ure of the mo&s;t high? there is no inqui&s;ition in the Grave, whether thou ha&s;t lived ten or an hundred, or a thou&s;and years.</P>
<P>Men of the World,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>P&s;.</HI> 17.14.</NOTE> which have their portion here in this life, even to them, the remembrance of death is bit|ter.</P>
<P>But of the Tree of the good and e|vill,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Gen.</HI> 2.17.</NOTE> thou &s;halt not eat of it; for in the day that thou eate&s;t thereof, thou &s;halt &s;urely die.</P>
<P>And the Serpent did &s;ay un|to the Woman,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Gen.</HI> 3.4.</NOTE> Ye &s;hall not &s;urely dye.</P>
<P>The Devill in his tempting of <HI>Eve,</HI> Fir&s;t began with a <HI>Nequaquam mori|amini,</HI> ye &s;hall not dye.</P>
<P>Hereupon Saint <HI>Augu&s;tine,</HI> af|ter the Serpent was accur&s;ed by God from the Earth; &s;aith thus unto the Serpent,</P>
<P><HI>O n quam, ubi jam e&s;i tua ne|quaquam?</HI></P>
<P>O thou wicked &s;erpent, Where are now thy lying words, (Ye &s;hall not dye at all?)</P>
<PB N="145" REF="98">
<P>For the wages of &s;in is death,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Rom.</HI> 6.23.</NOTE> but the gift of God is eternall life, through Je&s;us Chri&s;t our Lord.</P>
<P><HI>Mors fructus &agrave; fruendo dicitur;</HI> as one ob&s;erveth of it:</P>
<P>Death is the fruit, &s;o called, from the enjoying of it: and &s;o death is the fruit, or wages of &s;in.</P>
<P><HI>Quotidie morimur,</HI>
<NOTE PLACE="marg">S. Bernard.</NOTE> <HI>quotidie enim de|mitur pars vitae, &amp; tunc quoque cum cre&s;cimus, vita decre&s;cit; ut S.</HI> Bernard. That is, We do dye daily, and even e|very day a part of our life is cut off: as St. <HI>Bernard</HI> ob&s;erveth.</P>
<P><HI>Homo e&s;t fatuus u&s;que ad quadra|ginta annorum, deinde,</HI>
<NOTE PLACE="marg">Luther.</NOTE> <HI>ubi agnovit &s;e e&s;&s;e fatuum, vita con&s;umpta e&s;t: ut</HI> Lu|ther. That is, A man is as a fool, and full of ignorance, till he attain unto the age of forty yeares, and then &s;o &s;oon as he comes to know, and &s;o to acknowledge him&s;elf to be a fool, to be ignorant, and to know nothing of him&s;elf, even then, and at that very time, his life here is, as it were, ended, gone, and &s;pent; as <HI>Luther</HI> ob&s;erveth.</P>
<Q><L><HI>Mors tua, mors Christi, fraus mun|di, gloria coeli,</HI></L>
<L><HI>Et dolor inferni, &s;int meditanda tibi.</HI></L></Q>
<P>That is, The&s;e things thou ought|e&s;t to take into thy &s;erious con&s;idera|tion,
<PB N="146" REF="99">and duely for to meditate there|on: as namely; On thy own death, on the death of Chri&s;t, of the fraud and deceit of the world, of the great glory of heaven, and on the un&s;uffer|able paines, and torments of Hell; as one ob&s;erveth.</P>
<P>It is well ob&s;erved by one, That death in Chri&s;t killed life for a time, that afterwards life in him might kil death for ever.</P>
<P>For &s;ince by man came death,
<NOTE PLACE="marg">1 <HI>Cor.</HI> 15.21, 22, 25, 26, 55, 56, 57.</NOTE> by man came al&s;o the re&s;urrection of the dead.</P>
<P>For as in <HI>Adam</HI> all die, even &s;o in Chri&s;t &s;hall all be made alive.</P>
<P>For he mu&s;t reign till he hath put all enemies under his feet.</P>
<P>The la&s;t enemy that &s;hall be de&s;troy|ed, is death.</P>
<P>O death, where is thy &s;ting? O grave, where is thy victory?</P>
<P>The &s;ting of death is &s;in, and the &s;trength of &s;in is the law.</P>
<P>But thanks be to God, which giveth us the victory, through our Lord Je&s;us Chri&s;t.</P>
<P>Death, as one ob&s;erveth, is a quiet &s;leep, The &s;oul, when death comes, puts off the body, and the body buried, lives in the earth, the grave being the bed thereof: there to remain till the
<PB N="147" REF="99">morning of our re&s;urrection, at the day of Iudgement appearing.</P>
<P>It is ob&s;erved by one, That the true &s;ervants of God are &s;o farr from being any wayes di&s;contented, or troubled with the thinking of death, as that they rather earne&s;tly de&s;ire, and thir&s;t after it, with a <HI>Cupio di&s;&s;olvi,</HI>
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Philip.</HI> 1.23.</NOTE> a de&s;ire with St. <HI>Paul</HI> to be di&s;&s;olved, and to be with Chri&s;t.</P>
<P>For death, as a Father well ob&s;er|veth, is but <HI>provectio,</HI> a journey, or a laying down of this our earthly taber|nacle.</P>
<P><HI>Nihil certius quod quilibet debet mori, &s;ed tempore quando, quo leco, vel quomodo, uihil incertius.</HI></P>
<P>There is nothing more certain then this, that every one mu&s;t die, but when, in what place, or the manner how, no|thing is more uncertain.</P>
<P><HI>Statutum e&s;t omnibus &s;emel mori.</HI> It is dereed that all men mu&s;t once die.
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Rom.</HI> 5.14.</NOTE></P>
<P>As by one man &s;in entred into the world, and death by &s;in; and &s;o death pa&s;&s;ed upon all men, for that all have &s;inned.</P>
<P>For this is the &s;entence of the Lord over all fle&s;h.
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Eccle&s;.</HI> 4.3.</NOTE></P>
<P>As by one mans di&s;obedience,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Rom.</HI> 5.19, 21.</NOTE> many were made &s;inners, &s;o by the obedi|ence
<PB N="148" REF="100">of one, &s;hall many be made righteous.</P>
<P>That as &s;in hath reigned unto death, even &s;o might Grace reign through righteou&s;ne&s;s, unto eternal life by Je&s;us Chri&s;t our Lord.</P>
<P>When Lu&s;t hath conceived it bring|eth forth Sin:
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Iames.</HI> 1.15.</NOTE> and Sin, when it is fini|&s;hed, bringeth forth Death.</P>
<P>Now nothing is more uncertain than the time when we &s;hall die, the place where, or the manner how we &s;hall die.</P>
<P>This was therefore the meditation of <HI>Seneca,</HI> daily with him&s;elf, as is re|corded of him.</P>
<P><HI>Dic tibi dormituro,</HI>
<NOTE PLACE="marg">Seneca.</NOTE> <HI>potes non exper|gi&s;ci,</HI></P>
<P><HI>Dic exerecto, potes non dormire am|plius.</HI></P>
<P><HI>Dic ereunti, potes non reverti.</HI></P>
<P><HI>Dic revertenti, potes non exire am|plius.</HI></P>
<P>VVhen thou lie&s;t down at night in thy Bed to &s;leep, and to take thy re&s;t, &s;ay thou unto thy &s;elf, It may be thou &s;halt never live to awake again, to behold the light of the en&s;uing day.</P>
<P>When thou awake&s;t in the morning, and do&s;t ari&s;e out of thy bed, &s;ay then
<PB N="149" REF="100">unto thy &s;elf, It may be thou &s;halt ne|ver live to lye down in thy bed, to take thy re&s;t and &s;leep again.</P>
<P>When thou goe&s;t forth of thy hou&s;e about thy nece&s;&s;ary affaires, &s;ay then unto thy &s;elf, It may be thou &s;halt ne|ver live to return unto thy hou&s;e a|gain.</P>
<P>When thou doe&s;t return in &s;afety to thy hou&s;e, &s;ay then unto thy &s;elf, It may be thou &s;halt never live to go forth of thy hou&s;e again.</P>
<P>The&s;e meditations ought to &s;tirr us up unto a daily and continuall prepa|ration for death, that &s;o death may never take us unawares, and unprepa|red.</P>
<P><HI>Mors &s;anctis refrigerium, improbis autem &s;upplicium.</HI> Death to the god|ly is but as it were a refre&s;hing, but to the wicked, death is a puni&s;h|ment.</P>
<P><HI>Cujus vita e&s;t Chri&s;tus, mors ei lu|crum &amp; maximum: Sed, Cujus vita e&s;t mundus, mors ei damnum, &amp; max|imum: ut</HI> Pater.</P>
<P>He who liveth like a Chri&s;tian, and maketh Chri&s;t his life here, death unto him is the greate&s;t gain that can be: But he who liveth here like a worldling, and maketh the world his
<PB N="150" REF="101">life, and chiefe&s;t delight here, death unto him is the greate&s;t detriment, and dammage that can be.</P>
<P><HI>Boni moriuntur bene, etiamfi mors ip&s;a mala; ut</HI> Pater.</P>
<P>Good and godly men do die well, and make a happy end, although death it &s;elf, in it &s;elf be evil.
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Num.</HI> 23.10.</NOTE></P>
<P>This made the prophet <HI>Balaam</HI> to cry out, and &s;ay, Let me dye the death of the righteous, and let my la&s;t end be like his.</P>
<P>Upon which place, one well ob&s;er|veth thus much: as namely;</P>
<P>That he which de&s;ireth to die the death of the righteous, mu&s;t labour, and &s;trive here in this life, to lead, and live the life of the righteous and then his death will be happy, like unto his.</P>
<P><HI>Vita e&s;t vivere vitam Deo, &s;ed vi|vere vitam mundo, mors e&s;t: ut</HI> Pater. To live here a godly, and a Chri&s;tian life, and to devote our &s;elves here wholly to the &s;ervice of God, this is the onely way for us after this our life here ended, to attain unto the e|verla&s;ting life of glory in the king|dome of heaven. But,</P>
<P>He which liveth here meerly as a worldly-minded man, and doth here
<PB N="151" REF="101">devote him&s;elf wholly to the &s;ervice of the world, and placeth his chief joy and delight in the plea&s;ures of the world, and &s;o maketh this his chief happine&s;&s;e, he &s;hall be &s;ure after this life ended, to gain unto him&s;elf ever|la&s;ting death.</P>
<P>The fir&s;t of the&s;e &s;hall enjoy the happine&s;&s;e of that ble&s;&s;ed &s;entence, in the la&s;t day, of</P>
<P>Come ye ble&s;&s;ed of my Father,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Matth.</HI> 25.34.</NOTE> inhe|rit the kingdome prepared for you, from the foundation of the world.</P>
<P>And the other &s;hall enjoy the hor|rour of that fearfull &s;entence of male|diction in the la&s;t day, of</P>
<P>Depart from me, ye cur&s;ed,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Matth.</HI> 25.41.</NOTE> into e|verla&s;ting fire, prepared for the devil and his angels.</P>
<P><HI>Stulte, cur te nan di&s;ponis ad morien|dum, cum &s;is pro certo moriturus? ut</HI> Pater. Thou mi&s;erable man, or thou fool, Why do&s;t thou not fit and pre|pare thy &s;elf for death, &s;eeing it is mo&s;t certain thou mu&s;t die? as a Fa|ther ob&s;erveth.</P>
<P><HI>Stat &s;ua cuique dies.</HI>
<NOTE PLACE="marg">Virgil.</NOTE></P>
<P>Every man hath the certain time or day of his death, to him de&s;igned and appointed: as the Poet <HI>Virgil</HI> ob|&s;erveth.</P>
<PB N="152" REF="102">
<P>To every thing there is a &s;ea&s;on,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Eccle&s;.</HI> 3.1, 2.</NOTE> and a time to every purpo&s;e under the hea|ven.</P>
<P>A time to be born, and a time to die.</P>
<Q><L><HI>Fleres,</HI>
<NOTE PLACE="marg">Sir Thomas Moor.</NOTE> <HI>&s;i &s;cires, unum tua tempora men&s;em,</HI></L>
<L><HI>Rides, quum non &s;it, for&s;itan una dies.</HI></L>
<L>Knew'&s;t thou, a moneth &s;hould end thy dayes,</L>
<L>It would give cau&s;e of &s;orrow;</L>
<L>And yet perhaps, thou laugh'&s;t to day,</L>
<L>When thou mu&s;t dye to morrow.</L></Q>
<P>As was ob&s;erved by that learned Sir <HI>Thomas Moor.</HI></P>
<P><HI>Mors tam juveni ante oculos e&s;&s;e de|bet, quam &s;eni; ut</HI> Seneca.</P>
<P>Young men as well as old, ought alwayes to be prepared for death.</P>
<P><HI>Quis e&s;t adole&s;cens cui exploratum &s;it,</HI>
<NOTE PLACE="marg">Cicero.</NOTE> <HI>&s;e ad ve&s;perum e&s;&s;e victurum? ut</HI> Cicero.</P>
<P>What young man is there to whom it is made certainly known, or reveal|ed, that he in the morning, &s;hall live untill night.</P>
<P><HI>Senibus,</HI>
<NOTE PLACE="marg">St. Bernard.</NOTE> <HI>mors in januis, adole&s;centi|bus, mors in in&s;idiis e&s;t: ut St.</HI> Ber|nard.</P>
<P>To old men, death is as it were, al|wayes knocking at their gates, and rea|dy
<PB N="153" REF="102">to &s;eize upon them: but to young men, death is alwayes ready with his wyles to en&s;nare, and intrap them at unawares: and therefore they ought at all times, both young and old, to be ready, and prepared for the &s;ame.</P>
<P><HI>Incertum e&s;t quo te loco mors inve|niet,</HI>
<NOTE PLACE="marg">Sencca.</NOTE> <HI>itaque tu illum omni loce expecta: ut</HI> Seneca.</P>
<P>It is altogether uncertain, in what place death will look for thee, there|fore do thou expect, and look for death in every place; as <HI>Seneca</HI> ob&s;er|veth.</P>
<P><HI>Mors ubique te expectat,</HI>
<NOTE PLACE="marg">S. Bernard.</NOTE> <HI>&amp; tu igi|tur &s;i &s;apis, eum ubique expectabis; ut St.</HI> Bernard.</P>
<P>Death doth wait, and look for thee every where, and therefore, if thou art wi&s;e, thou wilt likewi&s;e look for death every where.</P>
<P><HI>Quicquid facis, re&s;pice ad mortem.</HI>
<NOTE PLACE="marg">Seneca.</NOTE></P>
<P>What&s;oever thou doe&s;t, have an eye, and a &s;erious thought upon thy death: as <HI>Seneca</HI> ob&s;erveth.</P>
<P><HI>Nulla res magis proderit,</HI>
<NOTE PLACE="marg">Seueca.</NOTE> <HI>quam cogi|tatio mortalitatis.</HI></P>
<P>Nothing what&s;oever thou doe&s;t, &s;hall more profit, or avail thee, than a &s;erious thought and meditation, by thee had, of thy mortality: as <HI>Seneca</HI> ob&s;erveth.</P>
<PB N="154" REF="103">
<P><HI>Sive comedam, &s;ive bibam, &s;ive aliud aliquid faciam,</HI>
<NOTE PLACE="marg">St. Hierom.</NOTE> <HI>&s;emper vox illa terri|bilis auribus meis in&s;onare videtur, Surgite mortui, venite ad judicium.</HI></P>
<P>Whether I eat, or whether I drink, or what el&s;e &s;oever I do, it &s;eemeth unto me, that I do alwayes hear that terrible, and fearfull voice re&s;ounding in mine eares, Ari&s;e, O ye dead, and come unto judgement: as St. <HI>Hierom</HI> ob&s;erveth.</P>
<P>We &s;hall not all &s;leep,
<NOTE PLACE="marg">1 <HI>Cor.</HI> 51.52.</NOTE> but we &s;hall all be changed in a moment, in the twinkling of an eye, at the la&s;t trump: for the trumpet &s;hall &s;ound, and the dead &s;hall be rai&s;ed, incorruptible, and we &s;hall be changed.</P>
<P><HI>Sic quotidie vivamus,</HI>
<NOTE PLACE="marg">St. Hierom.</NOTE> <HI>qua&s;i die illa judicandi &s;imus.</HI></P>
<P>Let us &s;o live every day, as if we were every day to come unto Judge|ment; as St. <HI>Hierom</HI> ob&s;erveth.</P>
<P><HI>Omnem crede diem, &s;upremum: ut</HI> Seneca. Let us &s;o ac|tibi
<NOTE PLACE="marg">Seneca.</NOTE> <HI>diluxi&s;&s;e count of every day, as if the &s;ame were for certain, to be our very la&s;t day.</HI></P>
<P><HI>Dies omnis pro ultimo habeatur; ut</HI> Seneca.
<NOTE PLACE="marg">Seneca.</NOTE> Every day ought to be ac|counted by us as our la&s;t day.</P>
<P><HI>Quomodo de die in diem,</HI>
<NOTE PLACE="marg">St. Augu&s;tin.</NOTE> <HI>defenendo peccas, cum extremum diem tuum ne|&s;cias.</HI>
<PB N="155" REF="103">Wherefore doe&s;t thou &s;till con|tinue to &s;in, and to offend, deferring, and putting off thy repentance from day to day, when as thou art wholly ignorant which day of thy life &s;hall be thy la&s;t day: as St. <HI>Augu&s;tin</HI> ob&s;erveth.</P>
<P><HI>Id ago,</HI>
<NOTE PLACE="marg">Seneca.</NOTE> <HI>ut mibi in&s;tar totius vitae &s;it dies; nec tanquam ultimum rapio, &s;ed &s;ic illum a&s;picio, tanquam e&s;&s;e vel ulti|mus po&s;sit.</HI> I now do that, as if that this very day were a re&s;emblance of my whole life. Neither do I take this day as my la&s;t day, but I do &s;o look upon it, and behold the &s;ame, as that the &s;ame either is, or may be my la&s;t day: as <HI>Seneca</HI> ob&s;erveth.</P>
<P><HI>Male vivit, qui&s;quis ne&s;cit bene mori.</HI>
<NOTE PLACE="marg">Seneca.</NOTE> He liveth very ill, who knoweth not how to frame him&s;elf to dye well: as <HI>Seneca</HI> ob&s;erveth.</P>
<P><HI>Bene mori e&s;t libenter mori.</HI> To dye well, is to dye willingly: as <HI>Seneca</HI> ob|&s;erveth.</P>
<P><HI>Timor mortis e&s;t de&s;peratio vitae aeter|nae po&s;t mortem.</HI>
<NOTE PLACE="marg">S. <HI>Chry&s;o&s;tom.</HI></NOTE> Fearfulne&s;&s;e of death &s;heweth a kind of de&s;peration of the happy enjoying of life eternall, after death: as St. <HI>Chry&s;to&s;tome</HI> ob&s;erveth.</P>
<P>It is written of <HI>Charles</HI> the fifth, that he coming to the Duke of <HI>Venice</HI> his court, and there, after royall entertain|ment,
<PB N="156" REF="104">the Duke &s;hewed him, all the Riches of his Dukedom, and then de|manded of him how he liked the &s;ame? who an&s;wered him in this manner;
<Q><HI>Haec &s;unt quae faciunt nos invites mori.</HI></Q></P>
<P>The&s;e and &s;uch like worldly plea|&s;ures, contentments and delights, are the only things and cau&s;es which make us &s;o unwilling to die and to leave this world.</P>
<P><HI>Non mori timeo, quia bonum habeo Dominum.</HI></P>
<P>I am not afraid to die,
<NOTE PLACE="marg">S. Ambro&s;e.</NOTE> becau&s;e I have a good and gracious Lord God, to whom I am now going; as St. <HI>Am|bro&s;e</HI> ob&s;erveth.</P>
<P>It is memorably written of holy <HI>Hilarion,</HI> who having lived four&s;core years, and being then vi&s;ited with &s;ickne&s;s, and being &s;omewhat fearfull to dye, rea&s;oning thus with him&s;elf; at the la&s;t he pa&s;&s;ionately bur&s;t forth into the&s;e words; &s;aying,
<Q><L><HI>Egredere, quod times anima mea?</HI></L>
<L><HI>Octoginta annes &s;ervisti domine.</HI></L></Q></P>
<P>VVhy art thou afraid O my Soul to go forth unto him whom thou ha&s;t &s;o long time &s;erved?
<NOTE PLACE="marg">S. Jerome in vita Hilario|nis.</NOTE> Thou ha&s;t now &s;erved thy Lord God four&s;core years, therefore now O my Soul go forth chearfully unto him thou ha&s;t &s;o long
<PB N="157" REF="104">time &s;erved; and having thus &s;aid, he quietly died, as St. <HI>Jerome</HI> ob&s;erveth.</P>
<Q><L>Death as one ob&s;erveth is,</L>
<L><HI>Succi&s;io non occi&s;io, portus non orcus.</HI></L></Q>
<P>A cutting down, not a cutting quite off. A port or haven by which we pa&s;s to joy, and not a gulf to &s;wallow us up. And this is <HI>via univer&s;ae carnis,</HI> the way of all fle&s;h.</P>
<P>It is written of <HI>Xerxes,</HI> That he having gathered together a million of Men, went up into a high Mountain, and there looking down upon them, he pre&s;ently wept, and he being demanded why he did &s;o? an&s;wered,</P>
<P><HI>Quia infra centum annos,</HI> Becau&s;e that within the&s;e hundred years, all the&s;e &s;o goodly Souldiers, who now do as it were, &s;hew their &s;trength and bravery, will yet, within that time be all of them dead.</P>
<P>For that <HI>Abraham</HI> is dead,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>John</HI> 8.52.</NOTE> and the Prophets.</P>
<P>Therefore certain it is we mu&s;t all dye, and this is by no means to be a|voided: therefore we ought to la|bour and endeavour our &s;elves &s;o to live here, as that in the end we dye not the death eternal; But may enjoy after this life ended, the un&s;peakable ble&s;&s;edne&s;s of the life to come, and
<PB N="158" REF="105">&s;o being a&s;&s;ured hereof, the thought of the death temporal will never be grievous or trouble&s;ome unto us.</P>
<P>St.
<NOTE PLACE="marg">S. Hierome.</NOTE> <HI>Hierome</HI> &s;aith thus of <HI>Nepotian</HI> being dead, That he did rather, <HI>Mi|grare, quam mori,</HI> rather pa&s;s to an o|ther place than die.</P>
<P>St.
<NOTE PLACE="marg">S. Bernard.</NOTE> <HI>Bernard</HI> writes thus of one <HI>Hubertus</HI> being dead. That he did rather <HI>abire, quam obire,</HI> fall a&s;leep, than dye. And</P>
<P>St.
<NOTE PLACE="marg">S. Chry&s;o&s;tom.</NOTE> <HI>Chry&s;o&s;tome</HI> upon the death of a godly man &s;aith, <HI>Dormit, non mortuus e&s;t, quie&s;cit, non periit.</HI> He is a&s;leep, not dead, he doth re&s;t, and not peri&s;h.</P>
<P><HI>Omnia pereundo &s;ervantur.</HI>
<NOTE PLACE="marg">Tertullian.</NOTE> All things by peri&s;hing are kept alive. The Corn it dies and &s;prings again, as <HI>Tertullian</HI> ob&s;erveth.</P>
<P>From hence ari&s;eth unto us a great comfort in our death.</P>
<P>But &s;ome men will &s;ay,
<NOTE PLACE="marg">1 <HI>Cor.</HI> 15.35 <HI>to</HI> 44.</NOTE> How are the dead rai&s;ed up? and with what body do they come?</P>
<P>Thou Fool, that which thou &s;owe&s;t, is not quickned, except it die.</P>
<P>And that which thou &s;owe&s;t, thou &s;owe&s;t not that body that &s;hall be, but bear grain, it may chance of Wheat,
<PB N="121" REF="105">or of &s;ome other grain.</P>
<P>But God giveth it a body as it hath plea&s;ed him, and to every &s;eed his own body.</P>
<P>So al&s;o is the re&s;urrection of the dead, it is &s;own in corruption, it is rai&s;ed in incorruption.</P>
<P>It is &s;own in di&s;honor, it is rai&s;ed in glory, it is &s;own in weakne&s;s, it is rai&s;ed in power.</P>
<P>It is &s;own a natural body, it is rai|&s;ed a &s;plritual boby, there is a natural body,
<NOTE PLACE="marg">Tertu lian.</NOTE> and there is a &s;piritual body.</P>
<P><HI>Mors e&s;t provectio ad re&s;urrectionem, &amp; non mors: e&s;t janua qua intremur in Coelum: et mors est via ad re&s;urrecti|onem.</HI></P>
<P>Death is, as it were a Journey or a pa&s;&s;age unto our Re&s;urrection, and not a Death, and our Re&s;urrection is the Gate or Way, by which we en|ter into Heaven: and Death is the ready way unto our Re&s;urrection; as <HI>Tertullian</HI> well ob&s;erveth.
<NOTE PLACE="marg">S. Augu&s;tine.</NOTE></P>
<P>Therefore well &s;aith <HI>Augu&s;tine</HI> hereupon,</P>
<P><HI>Tolle articulum de re&s;urrectione Chri|&s;ti, et &s;ublata e&s;t omnis &s;pes vitae aeterna.</HI></P>
<P>Take away the Article of the Re&s;ur|rection of Chri&s;t, and all our hope of life eternal is then al&s;o taken away.</P>
<PB N="160" REF="106">
<P><HI>Mors e&s;t Janua vitae.</HI>
<NOTE PLACE="marg">Augu&s;tin.</NOTE></P>
<P>Death is the Gate unto Life, as St. <HI>Augu&s;tin</HI> ob&s;erveth.</P>
<P><HI>Petrus Damianus de</HI> Stephano <HI>mor|tuo.</HI></P>
<P><HI>Peter Damianus</HI> of <HI>Stephen</HI> being dead,
<NOTE PLACE="marg">Petrus Dami|anus.</NOTE> writeth thus,</P>
<P><HI>Foelix &s;omnus, cum requie, requies cum voluptate, voluptas cum aeterni|tate.</HI></P>
<P>O happy &s;leep with re&s;t, and re&s;t with plea&s;ure, and plea&s;ure with the enjoyment of eternity.</P>
<P>Whereupon St.
<NOTE PLACE="marg">S. Gregory.</NOTE> <HI>Gregory</HI> writing upon the &s;ame, &s;aith,</P>
<P><HI>Dulcis &s;imul &amp; beatus &s;omnus!</HI></P>
<P>O &s;weet and al&s;o happy &s;leep!</P>
<P><HI>Mors e&s;t cur&s;us ad Coelum.</HI>
<NOTE PLACE="marg">S. Chry&s;o&s;tom.</NOTE></P>
<P>Death is a &s;peedy cour&s;e, race, or way to Heaven; as St. <HI>Chry&s;o&s;tome</HI> ob|&s;erveth.</P>
<P>Again, we are here in this World as Pilgrims.</P>
<P>Whereupon &s;aith <HI>Augu&s;tine.</HI>
<NOTE PLACE="marg">S. Augu&s;tin.</NOTE></P>
<P><HI>Cui peregrinatio dulcis e&s;t, non a|mat patriam.</HI></P>
<P>He who&s;e Pilgrimage here is &s;weet unto him, cannot be in love with his Country, with this life.</P>
<P><HI>Mors non e&s;t exitus, &s;ed tran&s;itus ad Coelum, &amp; via ad Regnum.</HI></P>
<PB N="161" REF="106">
<P>Death doth not put a final end and period unto us. but the &s;ame is, as a pa&s;&s;age for us unto Heaven, and the ready way by which we mu&s;t enter in|to the Kingdom of Heaven, even into eternity, as a Father well ob&s;er|veth.</P>
<P>And in this &s;o trouble&s;ome a Sea of of this World, <NOTE PLACE="marg">Seneca.</NOTE>and expo&s;ed unto all the &s;urges and tempe&s;tuous waves that can ari&s;e, there is no Port or Ha|ven that doth appear unto the Navi|gators in this Sea for them to land or arive at, but only the Port or Haven of Death; as <HI>Seneca</HI> ob&s;erveth.</P>
<P><HI>Ju&s;to mors &s;alutis e&s;t portus,</HI>
<NOTE PLACE="marg">S. <HI>Ambro&s;e.</HI></NOTE> ut St. Ambro&s;e <HI>de bono morte.</HI></P>
<P>To the Iu&s;t and godly Men, death is the Port and Haven of Health and of Happine&s;s.</P>
<P>It is our life here, which doth keep and &s;ever us from our Saviour: but it is a happy death, which doth con|joyn us unto Chri&s;t our head.</P>
<P><HI>Non e&s;t mors &s;ed vita, quae morien|tem Chri&s;to &s;ociet: Non e&s;t vita &s;ed mors, quae viventem Christo &s;epe|rat.</HI></P>
<P>It is not death but life, which doth as it were conjoyn and a&s;&s;ociate the &s;oul of the dying Chri&s;tian unto
<PB N="162" REF="107">Chri&s;t. And it is not to be called a life but rather death, which doth as it were &s;eperate the Soul of the li|ving Chri&s;tian from Chri&s;t his Savi|our.</P>
<P><HI>Quod interim morimur,</HI>
<NOTE PLACE="marg">S. Ciprian de mortalitate.</NOTE> <HI>ad immor|talitatum, morte tran&s;gradimur. Nec pote&s;t vita aeterna &s;uccedere, ni&s;i hinc contigerit exire, Non e&s;t exitus, &s;ed tran&s;itus, et temporali itinere de cur&s;a ad aeterna tran&s;gre&s;&s;us,</HI> ut Ciprian, <HI>in tractatu de mortalitate.</HI></P>
<P>For as much as we do here die &s;ud|denly, we do pa&s;s by death unto im|mortality; neither can life eternal &s;uc|ceed, unle&s;s it happen unto us fir&s;t to leave this Life. It is not a final end, but a pa&s;&s;age: and by the cour&s;e of a temporal journey, a pa&s;&s;ing unto Hea|ven.</P>
<P><HI>De&s;cendit alti&s;&s;imus,</HI>
<NOTE PLACE="marg">S. Bernard.</NOTE> <HI>et &s;ua nobis de&s;cen&s;a, &s;uavem ac &s;alubrem dedicavit a&s;cen&s;um,</HI> ut S. Bernard.</P>
<P>The highe&s;t did de&s;cend from Heaven. and &s;o by his de&s;cending he did dedicate his a&s;cen&s;ion to be good and profitable unto us.</P>
<P><HI>A&s;cendit qui de&s;cendit;</HI>
<NOTE PLACE="marg">S. Augu&s;tine.</NOTE> <HI>de&s;cendit nt &s;anaret te, a&s;cendit ut levaret te,</HI> ut St. Augu&s;tine.</P>
<PB N="163" REF="107">
<P>He which a&s;cended, is the &s;ame which de&s;cended, he de&s;cended that &s;o he might heal and cure thee of all thy malladies; he a&s;cended, that &s;o he might by the virtue of his powerfull a&s;cen&s;ion lift thee up, and make thee to a&s;cend likewi&s;e,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Iohn</HI> 14.2, 3.</NOTE></P>
<P>In my Fathers Hou&s;e are many man&s;ions, if it were not &s;o I would have told you it. I go to prepare a place for you.</P>
<P>And if I go and prepare a place for you, I will come again and receive you unto my &s;elf, that where I am there ye may be al&s;o.</P>
<P><HI>Sapientis e&s;t igitur totam in mortem,</HI>
<NOTE PLACE="marg">Seneca.</NOTE> <HI>prominere, hoc velle, hoc meditari, hac &s;emper cupidine ferri,</HI> ut Sene|ca.</P>
<P>It is therefore the part of a wi&s;e man, wholly to bend and prepare him&s;elf, for and towards Death, to be willing to dye, to be alwaies meditating on death, and to de&s;ire the &s;ame.</P>
<P>And not to be like unto tho&s;e of whom <HI>Seneca</HI> complaineth in this manner.</P>
<P><HI>Nemo &s;ine quaerula moritur.</HI>
<NOTE PLACE="marg">Seneca.</NOTE> <HI>Quis non recu&s;ans? Quis non gemens exit;</HI> ut Seneca.</P>
<PB N="164" REF="108">
<P>No man dyeth without complain|ings.</P>
<P>Who goeth willingly out of this World, without expre&s;&s;ing of &s;ome &s;orrow and lamentation for the &s;ame?</P>
<P>But for our greater comfort in Death, St. <HI>Cyprian</HI> ob&s;erveth thus much.</P>
<P><HI>Ad refrigerium ju&s;ti vocantur,</HI>
<NOTE PLACE="marg">S. Cyprian.</NOTE> <HI>ad &s;upplicium rapiuntur inju&s;ti: datur mors tutela fidentibus perfidis autem paena.</HI></P>
<P>The ju&s;t and godly, by death are called unto re&s;t, and to a refre&s;hing: But the wicked and ungodly are &s;ud|denly &s;natched away by Death unto puni&s;hment.</P>
<P>And again Death to the godly is, as a &s;afe Cu&s;tody and Prote|ction: But unto the Wicked Death is as a &s;harpe and &s;evere puni&s;h|ment.</P>
<P>This difference is therefore ob&s;er|ved between the hope of the Wic|ked,
<NOTE PLACE="marg">The difference between the hope of the Wicked and the Godly.</NOTE> and the Worldly-minded man; and of the Godly and truly Religious man.</P>
<P>The Worldly-minded man, <HI>Dum spirat &s;perat.</HI> Whiles that he hath any breath left in him, his hope &s;till is to
<PB N="165" REF="108">recover. But the Godly and Reli|gious man. <HI>Dum expirat sperat.</HI> When Life decaies, and when his la&s;t breath is ready to go out of his body, even then, at that very in&s;tant hath he hope to enjoy a far better life.</P>
<P>The wicked is driven away in his wickedne&s;s,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Prov.</HI> 14.32.</NOTE> but the righteous hath hope in his death.</P>
<P><HI>Nulla res magis proderit,</HI>
<NOTE PLACE="marg">Seneca.</NOTE> <HI>quam co|gitatio mortalitatis:</HI> ut Seneca.</P>
<P>Nothing can more profit, and a|vail a man here in this life, than a &s;eri|ous thought, and meditation of his mortality.</P>
<P><HI>Nullius rei meditatio tam nece&s;&s;a|ria e&s;t</HI> ut Seneca.
<NOTE PLACE="marg">Seneca.</NOTE></P>
<P><HI>Meditari mortem, qui hoc dicit, meditari libertatem jubat</HI> ut Sene|ca.</P>
<P>The Meditation of nothing is &s;o nece&s;&s;ary as this meditation of Death is.</P>
<P>For to meditate on death, he which advi&s;eth us &s;o to do, commandeth us to meditate on that which intro|duceth our greate&s;t liberty and hap|pine&s;s.</P>
<P><HI>Mortem nemo hilaris excipit,</HI>
<NOTE PLACE="marg">Seneca.</NOTE> <HI>ni&s;i qui&s;e ad i&s;tam diu compo&s;uerat,</HI> ut Se|neca.</P>
<PB N="166" REF="109">
<P>No man doth entertain and wel|come death chearfully, unle&s;s he have well di&s;po&s;ed, fitted and prepa|red him&s;elf long before, for that day.</P>
<P><HI>Compone te igitur ad diem illum,</HI>
<NOTE PLACE="marg">Seneca.</NOTE> ut Seneca.</P>
<P>Therefore fit and prepare thy &s;elf for that day.</P>
<P><HI>Dies ultimus &s;alubriter ignoratur,</HI>
<NOTE PLACE="marg">S. Gregory and S. Bernard.</NOTE> <HI>ut &s;emper proximus e&s;&s;e credatur,</HI> ut St. Gregory &amp; St. Bernard.</P>
<P>Our la&s;t day, or the day of our death, is kept from our knowledge, and that very profitably for our good, that &s;o we &s;hould believe, and think every day to be our la&s;t day, that &s;o we may be alwaies ready, fitted, and prepared for the &s;ame according|ly.</P>
<P><HI>Qualis vita, finis ita.</HI></P>
<P>As a mans life is, &s;o &s;hall his death be.</P>
<P><HI>Qualis qui&s;que hinc exierit,</HI>
<NOTE PLACE="marg">S. Augu&s;tine.</NOTE> <HI>in &s;uo|novi&s;&s;imo die: talis invenietur, in novi&s;|&s;imo &s;eculi die</HI> ut, St. Augu&s;tin.</P>
<P>Look in what &s;tate and condition a man is in, when he departeth out of this World in his la&s;t day, even in the day or time of his death: In the &s;elf &s;ame &s;tate and condition, &s;hall he
<PB N="167" REF="109">be found to be in, in the la&s;t day of the World, even in the day of Judgement.</P>
<P>If the clouds be full of rain they empty them&s;elves upon the earth:
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Eccle&s;.</HI> 11.3.</NOTE> and if the Tree fall towards the South or towards the North, in the place where the Tree falleth, there it &s;hall be.</P>
<P><HI>Longe e&s;t quidem dies judiecii &s;ed unius cuju&s;que hominis,</HI>
<NOTE PLACE="marg">S. Augu&s;tine.</NOTE> <HI>dies ultimus longe e&s;&s;e non potest, quia brevis est, vita &amp; vitae brevitas incerta,</HI> ut St. Augu&s;tine.</P>
<P>The day of Iudgement may be long before it come, but the la&s;t day, or the day of death, of every particular per&s;on cannot be long before it hap|pen, becau&s;e that this our life is &s;hort, and this &s;hortne&s;s of our life uncer|tain.
<NOTE PLACE="marg">Seneca.</NOTE></P>
<P><HI>Effice igitur mortem, tibi cogitati|one familiarem, ut po&s;&s;is illi laetns, &amp; alacer, obviam exire;</HI> ut Sene|ca.</P>
<P>Therefore &s;trive, and endeavour thou, by the often thought and medi|tation of death, to make the &s;ame familiar unto thee: that &s;o when death knocks at the door of thy heart, thou maye&s;t be then ready joyfully and
<PB N="168" REF="110">chearfully to embrace the &s;ame.</P>
<P><HI>Magna autem pars e&s;t,</HI>
<NOTE PLACE="marg">Seneca.</NOTE> <HI>et diu di&s;cen|da cum adventat hora illa inevitabilis, aequo animo exire,</HI> ut Seneca.</P>
<P>But it is a very great and difficult thing, and a long time in learning, for a man to go out of this World, with a quiet and with a contented mind, when that inevi|table day and hour of our death &s;hall come.</P>
<P><HI>Vivere tota vita di&s;cendum e&s;t,</HI>
<NOTE PLACE="marg">Seneca de bre|vitatc vitae. cap. 7.</NOTE> <HI>et quod magis forta&s;&s;e miraberis, tota vi|ta di&s;cendum e&s;t mori,</HI> ut Seneca, <HI>de brevitate vitae, cap.</HI> 7.</P>
<P>During our whole life we mu&s;t learn to live; and which is more, and it may be to be wondred at; our whole life here mu&s;t be a learning to die.</P>
<P><HI>Mors omnium dolorum, et &s;olutio e&s;t, et finis,</HI> ut Seneca.</P>
<P>Death is the ful end and period of all our griefs and &s;orrows which are here endured.
<NOTE PLACE="marg">Seneca.</NOTE></P>
<P><HI>Per vitam ad mortem tran&s;itus est;</HI>
<NOTE PLACE="marg">S. Ambro&s;e de bona morte.</NOTE> <HI>per mortem ad vitam redi|tus e&s;t,</HI> ut St. Ambro&s;e <HI>de bona morte.</HI></P>
<P>Our life is a pa&s;&s;age unto death, and by death we return to life.</P>
<PB N="169" REF="110">
<P><HI>Tota vita nihil aliud est, quam ad mortem iter,</HI> ut Seneca.</P>
<P>Our whole life here is nothing el&s;e but a Iourney unto death.</P>
<P>Death is the &s;alve that cea&s;eth all annoy,
<NOTE PLACE="marg">For our com|fort in death.</NOTE></P>
<P>Death is the Port by which we pa&s;s to joy.</P>
<P>For our further comfort in death.</P>
<P><HI>Chri&s;tus morte mortem de&s;truxit, vitamque reduxit,</HI> ut Cyril.</P>
<P>Chri&s;t by his death de&s;troyed death and the power thereof, and thereby brought life unto us.</P>
<P><HI>Mors e&s;t quae mundum redemit,</HI>
<NOTE PLACE="marg">Leo &amp; St. Ambro&s;e, de bona morte.</NOTE> ut Leo &amp; St. Ambro&s;e, <HI>de bona mor|te.</HI></P>
<P>It was the death of Chri&s;t which redeemed the world.</P>
<P><HI>Morte illa, mors mortua e&s;t,</HI>
<NOTE PLACE="marg">S. <HI>Bernard.</HI></NOTE> ut St. Bernard.</P>
<P>By the death of Chri&s;t was death killed.</P>
<P>Nothing doth more re&s;emble death, than &s;leep.</P>
<P>Nothing &s;o like the Grave as the bed.</P>
<P>Nothing more re&s;embles our re&s;ur|rection, than our awaking, and ri&s;ing again in the morning.</P>
<P>This ought to put us daily in mind
<PB N="170" REF="111">of our death and re&s;urrection.</P>
<P><HI>Et Lathi con&s;anguineus &s;opor,</HI>
<NOTE PLACE="marg">Virgil.</NOTE> ut Virgil.</P>
<P>Sleep is a Cou&s;in of death.</P>
<P><HI>Speculum mortis &s;omnnm,</HI>
<NOTE PLACE="marg">Tertullian.</NOTE> ut Ter|tullian.</P>
<P>Sleep is a very &s;pectacle of death.</P>
<P><HI>Quoties dormis &amp; vigilas, toties morieris &amp; re&s;urgis.</HI></P>
<P>As often as thou &s;leepe&s;t, and a|wake&s;t again, &s;o often by way of re|&s;emblance do&s;t thou dye, and ri&s;e a|gain, as a Father ob&s;erveth.</P>
<P><HI>Dies i&s;te,</HI>
<NOTE PLACE="marg">Seneca.</NOTE> <HI>quem tanquam extremum, reformidas, aeterni natalis e&s;t,</HI> ut Se|neca.</P>
<P>That day which thou &s;o much fear|e&s;t, as being thy la&s;t day, the &s;ame day for thy joy and comfort, is thy ever|la&s;ting birth-day.</P>
<P><HI>Cur igitur doles,</HI>
<NOTE PLACE="marg">Tertullian, de patientia.</NOTE> <HI>&s;i perii&s;&s;e non cre|dis,</HI> ut Tertullian, <HI>De patientia.</HI></P>
<P>Why do&s;t thou therefore grieve and lament to think of this thy la&s;t day, if thou do&s;t believe thou &s;halt not peri&s;h thereby.</P>
<P>We have rather cau&s;e of rejoy|cing, when we think of this our la&s;t day, of the day of our death, the &s;ame being the day of our happy change.</P>
<PB N="171" REF="111">
<P>All the daies of my appointed time,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Iob</HI> 14.14.</NOTE> will I wait till my change come.</P>
<P><HI>Ultimus &amp; optimus medicus morbe|rum, etiam immedicabilium est mors,</HI>
<NOTE PLACE="marg">Ae&s;chilus.</NOTE> ut Ae&s;chilus.</P>
<P>Death is the la&s;t and the be&s;t Phy|&s;itian, and that of incurable di&s;ea|&s;es.</P>
<P><HI>Mors aeterna quies,</HI> ut Pater.</P>
<P><HI>Aerumnarum requies mors.</HI></P>
<P>Death brings us to our everla&s;ting re&s;t, and puts an end unto all our mi|&s;eries.</P>
<P>The antient Coun&s;els termed the ble&s;&s;ed Sacrament,
<NOTE PLACE="marg">Or Viaticum morientis.</NOTE> <HI>Viaticum Aeterni|tatis.</HI></P>
<P>A ble&s;&s;ed bate that the devout Soul u&s;eth to take in this life, when he is e|ven ready to travell for the other life.</P>
<P>It is very memorably ob&s;erved by <HI>Nazianzen</HI> of St. <HI>Ba&s;il,</HI>
<NOTE PLACE="marg">Nazianzen of S. Ba&s;il.</NOTE> that in his life time, he de&s;ired that when death came, he might be &s;o happy, as in the ending of his daies, to die with &s;ome divine &s;entence of piety in his mouth, at the in&s;tant before his death.</P>
<P>Death is as a Father ob&s;erveth, a pa&s;&s;age from Earth to Heaven, from a World of endle&s;s mi&s;eries here, to
<PB N="172" REF="112">a happy Heaven of everla&s;ting happi|ne&s;s in Heaven.</P>
<P>And he &s;aid unto Ie&s;us,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Luke</HI> 23.42, 43.</NOTE> Lord re|member me when thou comme&s;t in|to thy Kingdom.</P>
<P>And Ie&s;us &s;aid unto him, Verily I &s;ay unto thee to day &s;halt thou be with me in Paradi&s;e.</P>
<P>Death as one ob&s;erveth, is a tem|porary &s;eparation of the Soul from the body; A location or placing of the body in the Earth; (from whence it was taken) and there to remain till the la&s;t day, the day of Iudge|ment, being the day of the happy re-uniting of the Soul and Body toge|ther again, And a tran&s;lation of the Soul and Spirit of man unto God that gave it, who at the fir&s;t breathed into him, the breath of life.</P>
<P>And the Lord God formed man of the du&s;t of the ground,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Gen.</HI> 2 7.</NOTE> and breathed into his No&s;trils, the breath of life, and man became a living Soul.</P>
<P>All in who&s;e No&s;trils was the breath of life.
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Gen.</HI> 7.22.</NOTE></P>
<P>In the &s;weat of thy face,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Gen.</HI> 3.19.</NOTE> &s;halt thou eat bread, till thou return unto the Ground, for out of it was thou ta|ken;
<PB N="173" REF="112">for du&s;t thou art, and unto du&s;t &s;halt thou teturn.</P>
<P>Cea&s;e ye from man,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>I&s;aiah</HI> 2.22.</NOTE> who&s;e breath is in his No&s;trils.</P>
<P>All fle&s;h &s;hall peri&s;h together,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Iob</HI> 34.15.</NOTE> and Man &s;hall turn again unto the du&s;t.</P>
<P>His breath goeth forth,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>P&s;al.</HI> 146.4.</NOTE> he return|eth to his earth.</P>
<P>All are of the du&s;t,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Eccle&s;.</HI> 3.20.</NOTE> and all turn to du&s;t again.</P>
<P>Thou take&s;t away their breath,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>P&s;.</HI> 104, 29.</NOTE> they dye, and return to their du&s;t.</P>
<P>The Lord created man,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Ecclus.</HI> 7.8.</NOTE> of the earth, and turned him into it again.</P>
<P>Then &s;hall the Du&s;t return to the earth, as it was,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Eccle&s;.</HI> 12.7.</NOTE> and the Spirit &s;hall return unto GOd who gave it.</P>
<P>I al&s;o am formed out of the clay.
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Iob</HI> 33.6.</NOTE></P>
<P>But now O Lord,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>I&s;aiah</HI> 64.8.</NOTE> thou art our Fa|ther, and we are the clay.</P>
<P>The&s;e, and &s;uch like meditations cannot choo&s;e but make the thought of death, to be very happy and com|fortable unto us.</P>
<P>A good name is better than pre|tious ointment,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Eccle&s;.</HI> 12.1.</NOTE> and the day of death than the day of ones birth.</P>
<P>A promi&s;e of Gods mercy,
<NOTE PLACE="marg">A <HI>Promi&s;e of Gods mercy.</HI></NOTE> to com|fort us again&s;t the day of our death.</P>
<PB N="174" REF="113">
<P>For thou ha&s;t delivered my Soul from death.
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>P&s;alm</HI> 56.13.</NOTE></P>
<P>I will ran&s;ome them from the power of the grave.
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Ho&s;ea</HI> 13.14.</NOTE> I will redeem them from death: O death I will be thy plague, O grave I will be thy de&s;truction.</P>
<P>Verily,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Iohn</HI> 5.24.</NOTE> verily, I &s;ay unto you, He that heareth my word, and believeth on him that &s;ent me, hath everla&s;ting life, and &s;hall not come into condem|nation, but is pa&s;&s;ed from death unto life.</P>
<P>He will &s;wallow me up in victory,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>I&s;aiah</HI> 25.8, 9.</NOTE> and the Lord God will wipe away tears from off all faces, and the rebuke of his people &s;hall he take away, from off all the earth: for the Lord hath &s;poken it.</P>
<P>And it &s;hall be &s;aid in that day, Lo this is our God, we have waited for him, and he will &s;ave us: This is the Lord, we have waited for him, we will be glad, and rejoice in his &s;alvation.</P>
<P>For thou ha&s;t delivered my Soul from death,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>P&s;al.</HI> 116.8.</NOTE> mine eyes from tears, and my feet from falling.</P>
<P>For the Lambe which is in the mid&s;t of the Throne &s;hall feed them,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Rev.</HI> 7, 17.</NOTE> and &s;hall lead them unto living Fountains of waters: and God &s;hall wipe away all tears from their eyes.</P>
<PB N="175" REF="113">
<P>And God &s;hall wipe away all tears from their eyes:
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Rev.</HI> 21.4.</NOTE> and there &s;hall be no more death, neither &s;orrow, nor crying, neither &s;hall there be any more pain, for the former things are pa&s;&s;ed away.</P>
<P>But we had the &s;entence of death in our &s;elves,
<NOTE PLACE="marg">2 <HI>Cor.</HI> 1.9, 10.</NOTE> that we &s;hould not tru&s;t in our &s;elves, but in God, which rai&s;ed the dead: who delivered us from &s;o great a death, and doth deliver; in whom we tru&s;t that he will deliver us.
<NOTE PLACE="marg">2 <HI>Tim.</HI> 2.19.</NOTE></P>
<P>The Lord knoweth them that are his.</P>
<P>Who hath &s;aved us,
<NOTE PLACE="marg">2 <HI>Tim.</HI> 1.9, 10.</NOTE> and called us with an holy calling, not according to our works, but according to his own purpo&s;e and grace, which was given us in Chri&s;t Ie&s;us, before the world began.</P>
<P>But is now made manife&s;t by the appearing of our Saviour Ie&s;us Chri&s;t, who hath aboli&s;hed death, and hath brought life and immortality to light, through the Go&s;pel.</P>
<P>Fora&s;much then as the Chlidren are partakers of fle&s;h and blood;
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Heb.</HI> 2.14, 15.</NOTE> he al&s;o him&s;elf took part of the &s;ame, that through death he might de&s;troy him, that had the power of Death, that is the Devil.</P>
<P>And deliver them, who through fear
<PB N="176" REF="114">of death, were all their life time &s;ubject to bondage.</P>
<P>We know that we have pa&s;&s;ed from death unto life,
<NOTE PLACE="marg">1 <HI>Iohn</HI> 3.14.</NOTE> becau&s;e we love the Brethren: He that loveth not his Brother, abideth in death.</P>
<P>Be thou faithfull unto the death,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Rev.</HI> 2.10.11.</NOTE> and I will give Thee the Crown of life.</P>
<P>He that overcommeth, &s;hall not be hurt of the &s;econd death.</P>
</DIV1>
<DIV1 N="7" TYPE="chapter">
<PB N="177" REF="114">
<HEAD>CHAP. VII. <HI>Of the day of Judgement, the &s;ame de|&s;cribed, with the fruits and effects thereof: the &s;ame being called,</HI></HEAD>
<P><MILESTONE N="1"> FIr&s;t, The day of the Lord. </P>
<P><MILESTONE N="2"> Secondly, A day of Recom|pence.</P>
<P><MILESTONE N="3"> Thirdly, The great day of the Lord.</P>
<P><MILESTONE N="4"> Fourthly, A day, or time of <HI>Jacobs</HI> troubles.</P>
<P><MILESTONE N="5"> Fifthly, The evil day. </P>
<P><MILESTONE N="6"> Sixthly, The day of the Lords wrath.</P>
<P><MILESTONE N="7"> Seventhly, A day of wrath, of trou|ble, de&s;truction, and of de&s;olation.</P>
<P><MILESTONE N="8"> Eighthly, A day in which the whole land &s;hall be devoured with the fire of Gods jealou&s;ie.</P>
<P><MILESTONE N="9"> Ninthly, A day of darkne&s;&s;e, of gloomine&s;&s;e, of clouds and thick dark|ne&s;&s;e.</P>
<P><MILESTONE N="10"> Tenthly, A great, and terrible day, who can abide it?</P>
<P><MILESTONE N="11"> Eleventhly, A day, from the which nothing can deliver us; neither &s;il|ver,
<PB N="178" REF="115">nor gold, nor any thing el&s;e.</P>
<P><MILESTONE N="12"> Twelfthly, A day that will cau&s;e all the inhabitants of the land to trem|ble, for the day of the Lord cometh, it is nigh at hand.</P>
<P><MILESTONE N="13"> Thirteenthly, A terrible, and a fear|full day to the wicked, by rea&s;on of the &s;entence of malediction, and condem|nation then to be pronounced again&s;t them, of, Depart from me ye cur&s;ed, into everla&s;ting fire. But,</P>
<P><MILESTONE N="14"> Fourteenthly, A day of joy, and happine&s;&s;e unto the godly and elect, by rea&s;on of the &s;entence of approba|tion, and benediction then to be pro|nounced for their endle&s;&s;e comfort, of, Come ye ble&s;&s;ed of my Father, inhe|rit the kingdome prepared for you.</P>
<P>The great day of the Lord is near,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Zeph.</HI> 1.14, 15.</NOTE> and ha&s;teth greatly, even the voice of the day of the Lord.</P>
<P>That day is a day of wrath, a day of trouble, and di&s;tre&s;&s;e, a day of wa&s;t|ne&s;&s;e and de&s;olation, a day of dark|ne&s;&s;e and of gloomine&s;&s;e, a day of clouds, and thick darkne&s;&s;e.</P>
<P>Alas!
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Jer.</HI> 30.7.</NOTE> for that day is great, &s;o that none is like it, it is even the time of <HI>Ja|cobs</HI> trouble, but he &s;hall be &s;aved out of it.</P>
<P>Let all the inhabitants of the land
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Joel</HI> 2.1.</NOTE>
<PB N="179" REF="115">tremble, for the day of the Lord co|meth, it is nigh at hand.</P>
<P>Behold, the day of the Lord cometh,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>I&s;aiah</HI> 13.9.</NOTE> cruel, both with wrath and fierce an|ger, to lay the land de&s;olate, &amp; he &s;hall de&s;troy the &s;inners thereof out of it.</P>
<P>For the &s;tarrs of heaven,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>I&s;aiah</HI> 13.10, 13.</NOTE> and the con&s;tellations thereof, &s;hall not give their light, the &s;un &s;hall be darkened in his going forth, and the moon &s;hall not cau&s;e her light to &s;hine: I will &s;hake the heavens, and the earth &s;hall remove out of her place, in the wrath of the Lord of ho&s;ts, and in the day of his fierce anger.</P>
<P>A voice of noi&s;e from the city,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>I&s;aiah</HI> 66.6.</NOTE> a voice from the temple, a voice of the Lord, that rendreth recompence to his ene|mies.</P>
<P>The dayes of vi&s;itation are come,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Ho&s;ea</HI> 9.7.</NOTE> the dayes of recompence are come.</P>
<P>A day of darkne&s;s, and of gloomine&s;s,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Joel</HI> 2.2, 11.</NOTE> a day of clouds, and thick darkne&s;&s;e.</P>
<P>And the Lord &s;hall utter his voice before his army, for his camp is very great, for he is &s;trong that executeth his word: for the day of the Lord is great, and very terrible, and who can abide it?</P>
<P>Wherefore take unto you the whole armour of God,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Ephe&s;.</HI> 6.13.</NOTE> that ye may be able
<PB N="180" REF="116">to with&s;tand in the evil day.</P>
<P>The day of the Lord &s;o cometh as a thief in the night.
<NOTE PLACE="marg">1 <HI>The&s;&s;.</HI> 5.2.</NOTE></P>
<P>For the day of the Lord will come as a thief in the night,
<NOTE PLACE="marg">2 <HI>Pet.</HI> 3.10.</NOTE> in the which, the heavens &s;hall pa&s;&s;e away with a great noi&s;e, and the elements &s;hall melt with heat, the earth al&s;o, and the works that are therein, &s;hall be burnt up.</P>
<P>The angels which kept not their fir&s;t &s;tate,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Jude</HI> 6.</NOTE> he hath re&s;erved in everla&s;ting chains, under darkne&s;&s;e, unto the Judgement of the great day.</P>
<P>Behold,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Revel.</HI> 1.7.</NOTE> he cometh with clouds, and every eye &s;hall &s;ee him, and they al&s;o which have pierced him.</P>
<P>Neither their &s;ilver,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Zeph.</HI> 1.18.</NOTE> nor their gold, &s;hall be able to deliver them, in the day of the Lords wrath, but the whole land &s;hall be devoured by the fire of his jealou&s;ie, for he &s;hall make even a &s;peedy riddance of all them that dwell in the land.</P>
<P>They &s;hall ca&s;t their &s;ilver in the &s;treets,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Ezek.</HI> 7.19.</NOTE> and their gold &s;hall be remo|ved, their &s;ilver and their gold &s;hall not be able to deliver them, in the day of the wrath of the Lord.</P>
<P>For all the earth &s;hall be devoured with the fire of my jealou&s;ie.
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Zeph.</HI> 3.8.</NOTE></P>
<P>Again, Of the day of Iudgement, or
<PB N="181" REF="116">the la&s;t day, the &s;ame de&s;cribed,
<NOTE PLACE="marg">Of the day of Judgement, or the la&s;t day.</NOTE> by wonders &s;hewed in the heavens and in the earth: Bloud and fire, and pillars of &s;moke: The &s;un turned into dark|ne&s;&s;e, the moon into bloud:
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Joel</HI> 2.30, 31, 32.</NOTE> Called the great and terrible day of the Lord, with the joy and comfort then of Gods elect, and they which call upon the name of the Lord, they &s;hall be then &s;aved, and delivered.</P>
<P>And I will &s;hew wonders in the hea|vens, and in the earth, bloud, and fire, and pillars of &s;moke.</P>
<P>The &s;un &s;hall be turned into dark|ne&s;&s;e, and the moon into bloud, before the great, and the terrible day of the Lord come.</P>
<P>And it &s;hall come to pa&s;&s;e, that who&s;oever &s;hall call on the name of the Lord, &s;hall be delivered.</P>
<P>Thru&s;t in thy &s;ickle, and reap,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Revel.</HI> 14, 15.</NOTE> for the time is come for thee to reap, for the harve&s;t of the earth is ripe.</P>
<P>Put ye in the &s;ickle,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Joel.</HI> 3.13, 14, 15, 16, 17.</NOTE> for the harve&s;t is ripe: come, get you down, for the pre&s;&s;e is full, the fats overflow, for their wickedne&s;&s;e is great.</P>
<P>Multitudes, multitudes in the valley of deci&s;ion, for the day of the Lord is near, in the valley of deci&s;ion.</P>
<P>The &s;un and the moon &s;hall be dark|ned,
<PB N="182" REF="117">and the &s;tarrs &s;hall withdraw their &s;hining.</P>
<P>The Lord al&s;o &s;hall rore out of <HI>Zi|on,</HI> and utter his voice from <HI>Jeru&s;alem,</HI> and the heavens, and the earth &s;hall &s;hake: but the Lord will be the hope of his people, and the &s;trength of the children of <HI>I&s;rael.</HI></P>
<P>So &s;hall ye know that I am the Lord your God, dwelling in <HI>Zion,</HI> my holy mountain.</P>
<P>The Lord will rore from <HI>Zion,</HI>
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Amos</HI> 1.2.</NOTE> and utter his voice from <HI>Jeru&s;alem.</HI></P>
<P>Therefore prophe&s;ie thou again&s;t them all the&s;e words,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Jer.</HI> 25.30, 31.</NOTE> and &s;ay unto them, The Lord &s;hall rore from on high, and utter his voice from his holy habitation: he &s;hall mightily rore up|on his habitation, he &s;hall give a &s;hout, as they that tread the grapes, again&s;t all the inhabitants of the earth.</P>
<P>A noi&s;e &s;hall come, even to the ends of the earth, for the Lord hath a con|trover&s;ie with the Nations: he will plead with all fle&s;h, he will give them that are wicked to the &s;word, &s;aith the Lord.</P>
<P>For I will call for a &s;word upon all the inhabitants of the earth,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Jer.</HI> 25.29.</NOTE> &s;aith the Lord of ho&s;ts.</P>
<P>For as the lightning cometh out of
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Matth.</HI> 24.27.</NOTE>
<PB N="183" REF="117">the ea&s;t, and &s;hineth even unto the we&s;t, &s;o &s;hall al&s;o the coming of the Son of man be.</P>
<P>Immediately after the tribulation of tho&s;e dayes, &s;hall the &s;un be darkened,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Matth.</HI> 24.29, 30, 31, 33, 36.</NOTE> &amp; the moon &s;hall not give her light, &amp; the &s;tars &s;hall fall from heaven, &amp; the powers of the heaven &s;hall be &s;haken.</P>
<P>And then &s;hall appear the &s;ign of the &s;on of man in heaven:
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Mark</HI> 13.24, 25, 26, 27, 29, 32, 33. <HI>and Luke</HI> 21.25, 26, 27, 31, 32, 33. <HI>the &s;ame with St. Mat|thew.</HI></NOTE> and then &s;hall all the tribes of the earth mourn, and they &s;hall &s;ee the &s;on of man coming in the clouds of heaven, with power, and great glory.</P>
<P>And he &s;hall &s;end his angels with a great &s;ound of a trumpet, and they &s;hall gather together his elect, from the four winds, from the one end of heaven to the other.</P>
<P>When ye &s;hall &s;ee all the&s;e things, know, that it is near, even at the doors.</P>
<P>But of that day, and hour, knoweth no man, no, nor the angels of heaven, but my Father onely.</P>
<P>By the&s;e preceding places of Scrip|ture, it appears;</P>
<P>That the day of Iudgement, or the day the Lord, is called, by the name of the harve&s;t being ripe.</P>
<P>The harve&s;t of the earth is ripe, and therefore to be reaped with the &s;ickle.</P>
<PB N="184" REF="118">
<P>By the name of a noi&s;e, that &s;hall come even to the ends of the earth, and that the Lord hath a controver&s;ie with the Nations, that he will plead with all fle&s;h, and give them that are wicked to the &s;word.</P>
<P>Again,
<NOTE PLACE="marg">Of the day of Judgement, a farther de&s;cri|ption, and of the effects of it.</NOTE> The day of Iudgement fur|ther de&s;cribed, with full expre&s;&s;ions in the Scripture, how fearfull, and terri|ble the &s;ame &s;hall be, and what men &s;hall do for to avoid the &s;ame.</P>
<P>And they &s;hall go into the holes of the rocks,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>I&s;aiah</HI> 2.19. <HI>and</HI> 10.11, 12. <HI>all to the &s;ame purpo&s;e.</HI></NOTE> and into the caves of the earth, for fear of the Lord, and for the glory of his maje&s;ty, when he ari&s;eth to &s;hake terribly the earth. Or, then &s;hall they go into the holes of the rocks, from before the fear of the Lord, and from the glory of his maje&s;ty, when he &s;hall ari&s;e to de&s;troy the earth: as another Tran&s;lation is.</P>
<P>In that day a man &s;hall ca&s;t his i|dols of &s;ilver,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>I&s;aiah</HI> 2.20.</NOTE> and his idols of gold, which they made each one for him&s;elf, to wor&s;hip, to the moles, &amp; to the bats. Or, at that day &s;hall a man ca&s;t away his &s;ilver idols, and and his golden i|dols, which they had made them&s;elves, to wor&s;hip them, to the moles, and to the batts, as another Tran&s;lation is. That is,
<NOTE PLACE="marg">Expo&s;ition.</NOTE> They &s;hall ca&s;t them into
<PB N="185" REF="118">mo&s;t vile, and filthy places, when they perceive that they are not able to help them: (as the expo&s;ition is.)</P>
<P>To go into the clefts of the rocks,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>I&s;ai.</HI> 2.20, 21.</NOTE> and into the tops of the ragged rocks, for fear of the Lord, and for the glory of his maje&s;ty, when he ari&s;eth to &s;hake terribly the earth.</P>
<P>And they &s;hall &s;ay to the moun|tains, Cover us, and to the hills,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Ho&s;ea</HI> 10.8.</NOTE> Fall on us.</P>
<P>Then &s;hall they begin to &s;ay to the mountains, Fall on us, and to the hills,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Luke</HI> 23.30.</NOTE> Cover us.</P>
<P>And the kings of the earth,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Rev.</HI> 6.15, 16.</NOTE> and the great men, and the rich men, and the chief captains, and the mighty men, and every bond-man, and every free|man, hid them&s;elves in the dens, and in the rocks of the mountains, and &s;aid to the mountains and rocks, Fall on us:</P>
<P>And hide us from the face of him that &s;itteth on the throne, and from the wrath of the Lamb:</P>
<P>For the great day of his wrath is come, and who &s;hall be able to &s;tand?</P>
<P>And in tho&s;e dayes &s;hall men &s;eek death, and &s;hall not find it, and &s;hall de&s;ire to dye, and death &s;hall flee from them.</P>
<PB N="186" REF="119">
<P>Riches;
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Prov.</HI> 11.4.</NOTE> profit or avail not, in the day of wrath, but righteou&s;ne&s;&s;e deli|vereth from death.</P>
<P>Tru&s;t not in wicked riches,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Ecclus</HI> 5.8.</NOTE> for they &s;hall not help, or profit thee in the day of puni&s;hment, or vengeance.</P>
<P>Wo unto you that de&s;ire the day of the Lord:
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Amos</HI> 5.18.</NOTE> to what end is it for you? the day of the Lord is darkne&s;&s;e, and not light. Or, what have you to do with it? as another Tran&s;lation is.</P>
<P>Thus he &s;peaketh, becau&s;e the wick|ed, and hypocrites &s;aid, they were con|tent to abide Gods Iudgements; whereas the godly tremble and fear: as the expo&s;ition is.</P>
<P>As if a man did flee from a lion,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Amos</HI> 5.19, 20.</NOTE> and a bear met him, or went into the hou&s;e and leaned hard on the wall, and a &s;erpent bit him.</P>
<P>Shall not the day of the Lord be darkne&s;&s;e, and not light, even very dark, and no brightne&s;&s;e in it? Or, and no light in it, as another Tran&s;la|tion is.</P>
<P>Behold,
<NOTE PLACE="marg">1 <HI>Cor.</HI> 15.51.</NOTE> I &s;hew you a my&s;tery, or a &s;ecret thing, we &s;hall not all &s;leep, but we &s;hall all be changed: when the Lord cometh to Iudgement, &s;ome of the &s;aints &s;hall be alive, whom he will change, even as if they were dead; &s;o
<PB N="187" REF="119">that this change is in&s;tead of death to them: (as the Expo&s;ition is.)
<NOTE PLACE="marg">Expo&s;ition.</NOTE></P>
<P>For the Lord him&s;elf &s;hall de&s;cend from heaven, with a &s;hout,
<NOTE PLACE="marg">1 <HI>The&s;&s;.</HI> 4.16, 17.</NOTE> with the voice of the Archangel, and with the Trump of God, and the dead in Chri&s;t &s;hall ri&s;e fir&s;t.</P>
<P>Then we which are alive, and re|main, &s;hall be caught up together with them, in the clouds, to meet the Lord in the air: and &s;o &s;hall we ever be with the Lord. Meaning them which &s;hall be found alive, as the expo&s;iti|on is.</P>
<P>In this &s;udden taking up,
<NOTE PLACE="marg">Expo&s;ition.</NOTE> there &s;hall be a kind of mutation of the qualities of our bodies, which &s;hall be as a kind of death: as the expo&s;ition is.</P>
<P>And it &s;hall be &s;aid in that day, Lo,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>I&s;aiah.</HI> 25.9.</NOTE> this is our God, we have waited for him, and he will &s;ave us, This is the Lord, we have waited for him, we will be glad, and rejoyce in his &s;alvation.</P>
<P>In a moment,
<NOTE PLACE="marg">1 <HI>Cor.</HI> 15.52.</NOTE> in the twinckling of an eye, at the la&s;t trump, or trumpet, for the trumpet &s;hall &s;ound, and the dead &s;hall be rai&s;ed, incorruptible, and we &s;hall be changed.</P>
<P>For this corruptible mu&s;t put on in|corruption,
<NOTE PLACE="marg">1 <HI>Cor.</HI> 15.53.</NOTE> and this mortall mu&s;t put on immortality.</P>
<PB N="188" REF="120">
<P>I will ran&s;ome them from the pow|er of the grave,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Ho&s;ea</HI> 13.14.</NOTE> I will redeem them from death: O death, I will be thy plagues, O grave, I will be thy de&s;tru|ction.</P>
<P>Meaning,
<NOTE PLACE="marg">Expo&s;ition.</NOTE> that no power &s;hall re&s;i&s;t God, when he will deliver his, but e|ven in death, he will give them life: as the expo&s;ition is.</P>
<P>Therefore be ye ready,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Matth.</HI> 24.44.</NOTE> for in &s;uch an hour as you think not, the &s;on of man cometh, or will come.</P>
<P>Ye that put farr away the evil day,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Amos</HI> 6.3.</NOTE> and cau&s;e the &s;eat of violence to come near. That is, Ye that continue &s;till in your wickedne&s;&s;e, and think that Gods plagues are not at hand, but give your &s;elves to all idlene&s;&s;e, wantonne&s;&s;e, and riot,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Expo&s;ition. Obadiah.</HI> 15.</NOTE> as the expo&s;ition is.</P>
<P>For the day of the Lord is near, up|on all the heathen; as thou ha&s;t done, it &s;hall be done unto thee, thy reward &s;hall remain, or return upon thine own head.</P>
<P>When I heard,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Habbak.</HI> 3.16.</NOTE> my belly trembled, my lips quivered at the voice, rotten|ne&s;&s;e entred into my bones, and I trembled in my &s;elf, that I might re&s;t in the day of trouble.</P>
<P>I will utterly con&s;ume all things from off the land; or de&s;troy all things, &s;aith the Lord God.</P>
<PB N="189" REF="120">
<P>I will con&s;ume man and bea&s;t,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Zeph.</HI> 1.2, 3.</NOTE> I will con&s;ume the fowles of the heaven, and the fi&s;hes of the &s;ea, and the &s;tumbling-blocks, with the wicked, and I will cut off, or de&s;troy man from off the land, &s;aith the Lord. Or, I will de&s;troy man and bea&s;t, I will de&s;troy the fowles of the heaven, and the fi&s;hes of the &s;ea, and ruines &s;hall be to the wicked, and I will cut off man from the land, &s;aith the Lord.</P>
<P>Note,
<NOTE PLACE="marg">Expo&s;ition.</NOTE> that God was not angry with tho&s;e dumb creatures; but becau&s;e man was &s;o wicked, for who&s;e cau&s;e they were created, God maketh them to take part of the puni&s;hment with him.</P>
<P>Hold thy peace, or be &s;till,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Zeph.</HI> 1.7, 8.</NOTE> at the pre&s;ence of the Lord God, for the day of the Lord is at hand, for the Lord hath prepared a &s;acrifice, he hath bid, or &s;anctified his gue&s;ts.</P>
<P>And it &s;hall come to pa&s;&s;e in the day of the Lords &s;acrifice, that I will puni&s;h the princes, and the kings chil|dren, and all &s;uch as are clothed with &s;trange apparel.</P>
<P>Who may abide the day of his co|ming?
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Mal.</HI> 3.2.</NOTE> who &s;hall &s;tand when he ap|peareth? for he is like a refiners fire, and like fullers &s;ope. He &s;heweth,
<NOTE PLACE="marg">Expo&s;ition.</NOTE> that the hypocrites, which did &s;o much
<PB N="190" REF="121">de&s;ire the Lords coming, will not abide, when he draweth near, for he will con&s;ume them, and purge his, and make them clean: as the expo&s;ition is.</P>
<P>For behold,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Mal.</HI> 4.1.</NOTE> the day cometh, that &s;hall burn as an oven, and all the proud, yea, and all that do wickedly, &s;hall be &s;tubble, and the day that co|meth, &s;hall burn them up, &s;aith the Lord of ho&s;ts, and it &s;hall leave them neither root nor branch.</P>
<P>But unto you that fear my name,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Mal.</HI> 4.2.</NOTE> &s;hall the &s;un of righteou&s;ne&s;&s;e ari&s;e, with healing in his wings: and ye &s;hall go forth, and grow up as calves of the &s;tall. Meaning Chri&s;t, who with his wings, or beams of his grace, &s;hould lighten, and comfort his Church: as the expo&s;ition is.</P>
<P>Wherefore he &s;aith,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Eph.</HI> 5.14.</NOTE> Awake, thou that &s;leepe&s;t, and ri&s;e from the dead, and Chri&s;t &s;hall give thee light.</P>
<P>Again,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Amos</HI> 1.14.</NOTE> The day of Judgement cal|led the day of battel, and the day of the whirlwind.</P>
<TRAILER>FINIS.</TRAILER>
</DIV1>
</BODY>
</TEXT>
<TEXT LANG="eng">
<FRONT>
<DIV1 TYPE="title page">
<PB REF="121">
<PB REF="122">
<PB REF="122">
<P>A SERMON Preached by <HI>Mr. MASTERS,</HI> Ma&s;ter of the TEMPLE, in the TEMPLE-CHURCH, At the Funerall of <HI>Henry Croke</HI> E&s;q; one of the Society of the <HI>Inner Tem|ple, February</HI> 8. 1608.</P>
<P><HI>LONDON,</HI> Printed by <HI>Fr. Leach,</HI> and are to be &s;old by <HI>William Lee,</HI> at the <HI>Turks-head</HI> in <HI>Fleet&s;treet.</HI> 1657.</P>
</DIV1>
</FRONT>
<BODY>
<DIV1 TYPE="sermon">
<PB REF="123">
<PB N="195" REF="123">
<HEAD>A Sermon, Preached by Mr. <HI>Ma&s;ters,</HI> Ma&s;ter of the Temple, in the Temple-Church, <HI>Febr. 8. 1608.</HI></HEAD>
<EPIGRAPH>
<Q><BIBL><HI>2. Cor. 5.10.</HI></BIBL>
<P>For we must all appear before the Judgement-&s;eat of Chri&s;t.</P></Q>
</EPIGRAPH>
<P>_THis Text divides it &s;elf into the&s;e five parts following.
<NOTE PLACE="marg">Text divided.</NOTE></P>
<P><MILESTONE N="1"> The fir&s;t, touch|ing the certainty, and the nece&s;&s;ity of the day of Iudgement, contained in the&s;e words, <HI>For we mu&s;t.</HI></P>
<P><MILESTONE N="2"> The &s;econd, concerning the gene|rality of our appearance, in the&s;e words, <HI>We mu&s;t all appear.</HI></P>
<P><MILESTONE N="3"> The third, concerning the &s;everity of this Iudgement.</P>
<PB N="196" REF="124">
<P><MILESTONE N="4"> The fourth, concerning the manner thereof, <HI>Before the Judgement-&s;eat of Chri&s;t.</HI></P>
<P><MILESTONE N="5"> And the fifth concerning the per|&s;on before whom we are to appear, being <HI>Chri&s;t,</HI> our Judge and Saviour.</P>
<P>Of the&s;e &s;everally, in their order.</P>
<P><MILESTONE N="1"> Fir&s;t, Of the certainty of the day of Iudgement, and that in the&s;e three re&s;pects.</P>
<P><MILESTONE N="1"> Fir&s;t, above the Law; as appeareth, in the generall Epi&s;tle of <HI>Jude,</HI>
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Jude</HI> 14, 15.</NOTE> 14, 15. <HI>And Enoch al&s;o the &s;eventh from A|dam prophe&s;ied of &s;uch,</HI> (meaning the wicked; there before named.)</P>
<P><HI>Behold, the Lord cometh, with ten thou&s;and of his Saints,</HI></P>
<P><HI>To give Judgement against all men.</HI></P>
<P><MILESTONE N="2"> Secondly, Under the Law, And</P>
<P><MILESTONE N="3"> Thirdly, Under the Go&s;pel; as ap|peareth,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Matth.</HI> 25.31, 32, 33, 34.</NOTE> <HI>Matthew</HI> 25.31, 32, 33, 34. <HI>And when the Son of man cometh in his glory, and all the holy angels with him, then &s;hall he &s;it upon the throne of his glory,</HI> &amp;c.</P>
<P>The Rea&s;ons hereof. </P>
<P><MILESTONE N="1"> Fir&s;t, To whom&s;oever a di&s;pen&s;ati|on is given, at the end, there mu&s;t be an account by him made; and this ap|peareth to be &s;o, <HI>Luke</HI> 16.1, 2.</P>
<P><HI>There was a rich man,</HI>
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Luke</HI> 16.1, 2.</NOTE> <HI>which had a
<PB N="197" REF="124">&s;teward, and he was accu&s;ed to him, that he wa&s;ted his goods.</HI></P>
<P><HI>And he called him, and &s;aid, Give an account of thy &s;teward&s;hip.</HI></P>
<P>Secondly, As the life of man is the time of working, and death is the peri|od thereof, &s;o of nece&s;&s;ity there mu&s;t be a Iudgement, and cen&s;ure of every mans work, with a reward thereof.</P>
<P>Again, In the generality, <HI>(all)</HI> this is to be ob&s;erved, that there is then to be a two-fold Iudgement, that is to &s;ay,</P>
<P><MILESTONE N="1"> Fir&s;t, A Iudgement of condemnation. </P>
<P><MILESTONE N="2"> Secondly, A Iudgement of Decla|ration.</P>
<P>And this appeareth in the book of the <HI>Revelation,</HI> chap. 20. ver. 10, 11, 12, 13, 14.</P>
<P><HI>And the Devil that deceived them,</HI>
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Rev.</HI> 20.10, 11, 12, 13, 14.</NOTE> <HI>was ca&s;t into a lake of fire &amp; brim&s;tone.</HI></P>
<P><HI>And I &s;aw a white throne, and one that &s;at on it.</HI></P>
<P><HI>And I &s;aw the dead, &s;mall, and great, &s;tand before God; and the books were o|pened: And another book was opened, which is the book of life; and the dead were judged of tho&s;e things which were written in the books, according to their works.</HI></P>
<P><HI>And the &s;ea gave up her dead, which were in her, and death, and hell deli|vered
<PB N="198" REF="125">up the dead which were in them, and they were judged every man accor|ding to his works.</HI></P>
<P>There is to be a two-fold Iudge|ment:</P>
<P>The one a Iudgement of di&s;&s;oluti|on, for the righteous; The other a Iudgement of condemnation for the wicked.</P>
<P>The fir&s;t, a Iudgement of di&s;&s;olu|tion, or of acquittall: The other, a Iudgement of condemnation. </P>
<P><MILESTONE UNIT="Rea&s;on."> The rea&s;on why there is to be a two|fold Iudgement of the bodies and &s;ouls reunited, is this.</P>
<P>The &s;oul receiveth the fir&s;t Iudge|ment, being the fir&s;t, and principall actour in &s;in; and then the body, be|ing quickned by the &s;oul, and &s;o con|joyned, and a&s;&s;ociated with the &s;ame, in the acting of &s;in: and in this re&s;pect it is requi&s;ite, that there &s;hould be a &s;econd Iudgement, when both body and &s;oul might together receive their Iudgement, as they had been both of them joynt actours in &s;in.</P>
<P>And this may &s;erve to an&s;wer an Objection which may be made of &s;ome &s;hew of inju&s;tice, to be twice puni&s;hed by two Iudgements, for one and the &s;ame &s;in.</P>
<PB N="199" REF="125">
<P>Again, at our appearance there, we &s;hall be naked, and where we &s;hall be manife&s;ted, even all our actions, words, and thoughts, not only which in dark|ne&s;s, but al&s;o, the <HI>ab&s;condita tenebraru~,</HI> even the very hidden, and &s;ecret things of darkne&s;&s;e, &s;hall be then clearly ma|nife&s;ted: Gods books &s;hall then be laid open: as appeareth <HI>Revelation</HI> 20.12.
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Rev.</HI> 20.12. <HI>The &s;everall books of God.</HI></NOTE> The book of his knowledge, and the book of our own con&s;ciences, and the book of his covenant, they &s;hall all be then laid open, by which all our words, actions, and thoughts, &s;hall be laid open before us: And then our on|ly appeal will be to the book of the covenant, or of Gods mercy, in and through Chri&s;t Je&s;us. And this may &s;erve for an An&s;wer to an Objection, how our thoughts &s;hould then be ma|nife&s;ted.</P>
<P>Again, a rea&s;on of the nece&s;&s;ity of the &s;econd Judgement, when the righ|teous &s;hall not onely receive the &s;en|tence of joy, of, <HI>Come ye ble&s;&s;ed,</HI> &amp;c. but of prai&s;e likewi&s;e, <HI>Well done good and faithfull &s;ervant.</HI> And the wicked &s;hall not onely then receive the &s;en|tence of torment, of, <HI>Go ye cur&s;ed,</HI> &amp;c. but al&s;o of &s;hame, as bad as the tor|ment.</P>
<PB N="200" REF="126">
<P>And &s;o to this end, That the prai&s;e, with the joy of the righteous, and the &s;hame, with the torment of the wic|ked, might be both manife&s;ted; for this end, a &s;econd Iudgement mu&s;t be.</P>
<P>As touching this day of Iudgement,
<NOTE PLACE="marg">U&s;e fro &s;imilitude drawn from thunder, and applied to the day of Judge|ment.</NOTE> it is ob&s;erved; That as thunder &s;trike|ing one being a&s;leep, killeth him, lea|ving his eyes open; but tho&s;e it &s;triketh waking, it killeth them, leaving their eyes &s;hut: even &s;o, in the day of Iudg|ment, tho&s;e which are then found &s;e|curely &s;leeping in their &s;ins, and in the plea&s;ures of this world, they &s;hall then have their naturall life taken from them; that is, by &s;entence, and Iudge|ment pronounced again&s;t them; they &s;hall be ca&s;t into Hell fire, yet with their eyes open: that is, They &s;hall perpetually &s;ee, feel, and enjoy the endle&s;&s;e torments of hell fire.</P>
<P>But tho&s;e, contrariwi&s;e, which are then found waking, that is, tho&s;e elect children of God, continually expecting the &s;ame, being alwaies ready, and pre|pared, with oyl in their lamps, (the oyl of faith) to attend the bridegroom at his coming, evermore rejoycing at the expectation of the la&s;t &s;ound of the trumpet; tho&s;e I &s;ay, although they be deprived of this their naturall life, yet
<PB N="201" REF="126">they &s;hall have their eyes &s;hut: that is, They &s;hall be for ever freed from tho&s;e perpetuall Hell torments, pro|nounced again&s;t the wicked, of, <HI>Go ye cur&s;ed,</HI> &amp;c. but &s;hall contrariwi&s;e, per|petually enjoy endle&s;s joy &amp; happine&s;s</P>
<P>Next, as touching the Iudge, before whom we mu&s;t appear, being Chri&s;t, our Saviour. For as he came fir&s;t in humility, to be judged; &s;o then &s;hall he come triumphing, in his glory, to be a Iudge, both of quick and dead. And then &s;hall they which were his judges and executioners, behold him in all his glory, who de&s;pi&s;ed him in his humi|lity: and they &s;hall then be all judged by him.
<NOTE PLACE="marg">St. Augu&s;tin. Of Chri&s;ts co|ming to Judg|ment, the man|ner how.</NOTE> And as St. <HI>Augu&s;tin</HI> ob&s;er|veth; <HI>Veniet Judicaturus Chri&s;tus, ea|dem carne qua judicatus, &s;ed non eadem infirmitate carnis.</HI> Chri&s;t our Saviour &s;hall come to Iudge the world in the la&s;t day, in the &s;ame fle&s;h as he him&s;elf was judged, but not in the &s;ame infir|mity of the fle&s;h.</P>
<P>From hence,
<NOTE PLACE="marg">Objection. Why Chri&s;t &s;hall come to Judge the world.</NOTE> an Objection may be made, why Chri&s;t, the &s;econd per&s;on in the Trinity, rather than the Father, or the Holy Gho&s;t, &s;hall come in Iudgement, at the la&s;t day.</P>
<P><MILESTONE UNIT="Re&s;p."> The An&s;wer hereunto is this. </P>
<P><MILESTONE N="1"> Fir&s;t, For the comfort of the faith|full,
<PB N="202" REF="127">and elect children of God; That he which &s;uffered for them, being fle&s;h of their fle&s;h, and bone of their bone, &s;hall come in the end to be their Iudge</P>
<P>And &s;o by way of Simillitude;
<NOTE PLACE="marg">Similitude.</NOTE> as <HI>Jo&s;eph</HI> making him&s;elf known to his brethren, &s;aying to them, I am <HI>Jo&s;eph</HI> your brother, whom ye &s;old; This was a very comfortable &s;aying to them, be|ing in great fear, and e&s;pecially unto <HI>Benjamin</HI> his beloved brother: even &s;o it is with us, in Chri&s;t his coming, to be then our Iudge, being al&s;o our Saviour and Redeemer.</P>
<P><MILESTONE N="2"> Secondly, For the greater torment and terrifying to the wicked, his exe|cutioners, &s;aying to them, I am he whom ye tortured, and crucified; and &s;o, that he which they had &s;o judged, might be their Iudge, and they might be judged by him.</P>
<P><MILESTONE N="3"> Thirdly, That as they had been un|ju&s;t Iudges in their condemning of him, &s;o he might &s;it in Iudgement, pronouncing the ju&s;t &s;entence of con|demnation again&s;t them.</P>
<P>The rea&s;on why God the Father hath given all Iudgement unto his &s;on, is this, that he might be honoured of all, as he is honoured, and &s;o to come at the la&s;t day, to &s;it in Iudgement.</P>
<PB N="203" REF="127">
<P>It appeareth in <HI>Matthew</HI> 25.33.
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Mat.</HI> 25.33, 34.</NOTE> That there is, and then &s;hall be a two|fold Iudgement: that is to &s;ay,</P>
<P><MILESTONE N="1"> Fir&s;t, <HI>Judicium &s;eparationis,</HI> ver&s;. 33. the Iudgement of &s;eparation for the righteous; and</P>
<P><MILESTONE N="2"> Secondly, <HI>Judicium condemnationis,</HI> the Iudgement of condemnation, ver&s;. 34. for the wicked.</P>
<P>God hath right unto us by Creati|on, the Devil by u&s;urpation, and by his &s;educing of us. And Chri&s;t our Sa|viour, to loo&s;e us out of the hands and bonds of the devil, he hath right unto us, by purcha&s;e and redemption, and that by the &s;hedding of his own mo&s;t precious bloud for us.</P>
<P><MILESTONE UNIT="Object."> Hence an Objection may be made, That Chri&s;t is not then to be the &s;ole, and onely Iudge; &s;eeing that in one of the <HI>P&s;alms</HI> it is &s;aid, that <HI>the Saints &s;hall judge the earth:</HI>
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Dan.</HI> 7.22.</NOTE> and &s;o in <HI>Daniel</HI> 7.22. <HI>And Judgement was given to the Saints of the most High.</HI></P>
<P><MILESTONE UNIT="An&s;w."> The an&s;wer hereunto is this; </P>
<P>That the Saints may then be <HI>Iudi|ces aggravantes,</HI> amplifying,
<NOTE PLACE="marg">Judices aggra|vantes, the Saints.</NOTE> and en|forcing the matter again&s;t us: and righteous men may be <HI>Iudices appro|bantes,</HI>
<NOTE PLACE="marg">Judices ap|probantes, the righteous.</NOTE> approving of the Iudgement of the wicked: and the Apo&s;tles they
<PB N="204" REF="128">are <HI>Iudices a&s;&s;i&s;tentes,</HI>
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Judices a&s;&s;i|&s;tentes, the Apo&s;tles. Matt.</HI> 19.28.</NOTE> a&s;&s;i&s;ting of Chri&s;t in his Iudgment.</P>
<P>And though it be &s;aid <HI>Matth.</HI> 19.28. <HI>And Ie&s;us &s;aid unto his Apo&s;tles, Ye &s;hall &s;it upon twelve thrones, and Iudge the twelve tribes of I&s;rael:</HI> this is not to have a literall con&s;truction, but was &s;poken by way of &s;imilitude: <HI>Propter &s;imilitudinem Judicii dicuntur Judicare, quia po&s;t corum &s;eparationem &s;edentur cum Chri&s;to in throno &s;uo, &amp; per eos Iudicia &s;ua approbantur, &amp; lae|tantur in illis:</HI> and &s;o <HI>interpretativ&egrave;; Quia con&s;entire ad cum facere, inter|pretantur ip&s;i facere, &amp; &s;ic &s;unt coad|jutores cum illo, in Iudiciis &s;uis.</HI> For the likene&s;&s;e, and &s;imilitude of his Iudgement, and by way of interpreta|tion, they are &s;aid to Iudge, becau&s;e that after their &s;eparation, they &s;hall &s;it with Chri&s;t in his throne, and by them his Iudgements &s;hall be appro|ved of, and they &s;hall rejoyce in them: and &s;o by way of interpretation, be|cau&s;e they do con&s;ent, agree, and ap|prove of the Iudgement of Chri&s;t; for this cau&s;e they are &s;aid to Iudge: and &s;o they are Coadjutors with him in his Iudgements: and not otherwi&s;e are the&s;e words to be taken.
<NOTE PLACE="marg">Chri&s;tus Iudex Iudicans.</NOTE> But Chri&s;t alone &s;hall be then <HI>Iudex Iudi|cans,</HI>
<PB N="205" REF="128">he onely &s;hall pronounce the Iudgement, and &s;entence: and this appeareth <HI>Matth.</HI> 25.31, 32, 33, 34.
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Mat.</HI> 25.31, 32, 33, 34.</NOTE> <HI>The righteous come not into that Iudge|ment of condemnation, but into that of di&s;&s;olution,</HI> or &s;eparation.</P>
<P>The u&s;e of all this is,
<NOTE PLACE="marg">The u&s;e of all.</NOTE> That &s;eeing it is certain that there will be a &s;econd Iudgement, and that we all mu&s;t of nece&s;&s;ity, whether we will or no, ap|pear then before the throne of Chri&s;t: Let us therefore not onely leave off to mind the world, and worldly things, but let us have all our thoughts, affe|ctions and de&s;ires, mounted, and ele|vated up to heaven, and there let us &s;ettle all our affections; and &s;o let us live here in this world, that when at the la&s;t, we &s;hall be &s;ummoned by death, and then by the Angels to ap|pear before the Tribunall throne of Chri&s;t; let us &s;o lead our lives here, that when we &s;hall appear, we may there for ever remain, and have the full fruition of everla&s;ting joy and happine&s;&s;e, and not be thru&s;t out a|mong&s;t the number of tho&s;e which &s;hall then receive this fearfull doom, and &s;entence, of, <HI>Go ye cur&s;ed into e|verla&s;ting fire. Matth.</HI> 25.41.
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Matt.</HI> 25.41.</NOTE> But that we may be then embraced with
<PB N="206" REF="129">the arms of grace and mercy, and may be, and remain among&s;t the number of tho&s;e which &s;hall receive the happy and joyfull &s;entence,
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Matth.</HI> 25.34.</NOTE> of, <HI>Come ye ble&s;|&s;ed of my Father, inherit the kingdome prepared for you. Matth.</HI> 25.34.</P>
<P>And then by way of Exhortation, he advi&s;ed all to be carefull and dili|gent in their due preparation for this la&s;t day: in regard that <HI>morte nihil certius, &amp; tempore mortis nihil incer|tius,</HI> nothing is more certain than death, and nothing more uncertain than the time when, or the manner how we &s;hall die, and the rather ought we for to be carefull in the whole cour&s;e of our lives, in regard that all our actions are regi&s;tred. For there is the book of Gods knowledge, in which book there is regi&s;tred all our proceedings in our &s;ins; whether the &s;ame be through infirmity, wit|tingly, or willingly. Nay, therein is likewi&s;e recorded all our &s;ighs and grones for our &s;ins. And the book of our own Con&s;ciences &s;hall be then laid open, which is now &s;hut: and we do here labour by all the means we can, through our own ob&s;tinacy, and rebellion, to keep the &s;ame &s;till &s;hut: but then in de&s;pite of us, it &s;hall be laid open before us.</P>
<PB N="207" REF="129">
<P>The due con&s;ideration hereof, ought to make us the more wary, and care|full of all our actions; and &s;eriou&s;ly to think of <HI>Solomons</HI> advi&s;e in <HI>Eccle|&s;ia&s;tes</HI> 11.9. <HI>Rejoyce, O young man,</HI>
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Eccle&s;.</HI> 11.9.</NOTE> <HI>in thy youth, and let thy heart chear thee in the dayes of thy youth: and walk in the wayes of thy heart, and in the &s;ight of thy eyes: But know then, that for all the&s;e things, God will bring thee in|to Iudgement.</HI> And &s;o he concluded with this Rule to be by all ob&s;erved; that is, <HI>Do violence to none, accu&s;e no man unju&s;tly, and be content with thy wages. Fear God, and keep his com|mandements, this is the whole duty of man.</HI> Eccle&s;ia&s;tes 12.13.
<NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Eccle&s;.</HI> 12.13.</NOTE></P>
<TRAILER>FINIS.</TRAILER>
</DIV1>
</BODY>
</TEXT>
</GROUP>
</EEBO>
</ETS>
